Phosphonate compounds for treatment of  complement mediated disorders

ABSTRACT

Compounds, methods of use, and processes for making inhibitors of complement factor D comprising Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or composition thereof wherein R 12  or R 13  on the A group is a phosphonate (R 32 ) are provided. The inhibitors described herein target factor D and inhibit or regulate the complement cascade. The inhibitors of factor D described herein are capable of reducing the excessive activation of complement.

CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS

This application is a continuation of International Application No.PCT/US15/17600, filed on Feb. 25, 2015, which claims the benefit ofprovisional U.S. Application No. 61/944,189, filed Feb. 25, 2014,provisional U.S. Application No. 62/022,916, filed Jul. 10, 2014, andprovisional U.S. Application 62/046,783, filed Sep. 5, 2014. Theentirety of each of these applications is hereby incorporated byreference for all purposes.

BACKGROUND

The complement system is a part of the innate immune system which doesnot adapt to changes over the course of the host's life, but isrecruited and used by the adaptive immune system. For example, itassists, or complements, the ability of antibodies and phagocytic cellsto clear pathogens. This sophisticated regulatory pathway allows rapidreaction to pathogenic organisms while protecting host cells fromdestruction. Over thirty proteins and protein fragments make up thecomplement system. These proteins act through opsonization (enhancingphaogytosis of antigens), chemotaxis (attracting macrophages andneutrophils), cell lysis (rupturing membranes of foreign cells) andagglutination (clustering and binding of pathogens together).

The complement system has three pathways: classical, alternative andlectin. Complement factor D plays an early and central role inactivation of the alternative pathway of the complement cascade.Activation of the alternative complement pathway is initiated byspontaneous hydrolysis of a thioester bond within C3 to produce C3(H₂O),which associates with factor B to form the C3(H₂O)B complex. Complementfactor D acts to cleave factor B within the C3(H₂O)B complex to form Baand Bb. The Bb fragment remains associated with C3(H₂O) to form thealternative pathway C3 convertase C3(H₂O)Bb. Additionally, C3b generatedby any of the C3 convertases also associates with factor B to form C3bB,which factor D cleaves to generate the later stage alternative pathwayC3 convertase C3bBb. This latter form of the alternative pathway C3convertase may provide important downstream amplification within allthree of the defined complement pathways, leading ultimately to therecruitment and assembly of additional factors in the complement cascadepathway, including the cleavage of C5 to C5a and C5b. C5b acts in theassembly of factors C6, C7, C8, and C9 into the membrane attack complex,which can destroy pathogenic cells by lysing the cell.

The dysfunction of or excessive activation of complement has been linkedto certain autoimmune, inflammatory, and neurodegenerative diseases, aswell as ischemia-reperfusion injury and cancer. For example, activationof the alternative pathway of the complement cascade contributes to theproduction of C3a and C5a, both potent anaphylatoxins, which also haveroles in a number of inflammatory disorders. Therefore, in someinstances, it is desirable to decrease the response of the complementpathway, including the alternative complement pathway. Some examples ofdisorders mediated by the complement pathway include age-related maculardegeneration (AMD), paroxysmal nocturnal hemoglobinuria (PNH), multiplesclerosis, and rheumatoid arthritis.

Age-related macular degeneration (AMD) is a leading cause of vision lossin industrialized countries. Based on a number of genetic studies, thereis evidence of the link between the complement cascade and maculardegeneration. Individuals with mutations in the gene encoding complementfactor H have a fivefold increased risk of macular degeneration andindividuals with mutations in other complement factor genes also have anincreased risk of AMD. Individuals with mutant factor H also haveincreased levels of C-reactive protein, a marker of inflammation.Without adequate functioning factor H, the alternative pathway of thecomplement cascade is overly activated leading to cellular damage.Inhibition of the alternative pathway is thus desired.

Paroxysmal nocturnal hemoglobinuria (PNH) is a non-malignant,hematological disorder characterized by the expansion of hematopoieticstem cells and progeny mature blood cells which are deficient in somesurface proteins. PNH erythrocytes are not capable of modulating theirsurface complement activation, which leads to the typical hallmark ofPNH—the chronic activation of complement mediated intravascular anemia.Currently, only one product, the anti-C5 monoclonal antibody eculizumab,has been approved in the U.S. for treatment of PNH. However, many of thepatients treated with eculizumab remain anemic, and many patientscontinue to require blood transfusions. In addition, treatment witheculizumab requires life-long intravenous injections. Thus, there is anunmet need to develop novel inhibitors of the complement pathway.

Factor D is an attractive target for inhibition or regulation of thecomplement cascade due to its early and essential role in thealternative complement pathway, and its potential role in signalamplification within the classical and lectin complement pathways.Inhibition of factor D effectively interrupts the pathway and attenuatesthe formation of the membrane attack complex.

While initial attempts have been made to develop inhibitors of factor D,there are currently no small molecule factor D inhibitors in clinicaltrials. Examples of factor D inhibitors or prolyl compounds aredescribed in the following disclosures.

Biocryst Pharmaceuticals U.S. Pat. No. 6,653,340 titled “Compoundsuseful in the complement, coagulat and kallikrein pathways and methodfor their preparation” describes fused bicyclic ring compounds that arepotent inhibitors of factor D. Development of the factor D inhibitorBCX1470 was discontinued due to lack of specificity and short half-lifeof the compound. Novartis PCT patent publication WO2012/093101 titled“Indole compounds or analogues thereof useful for the treatment ofage-related macular degeneration” describes certain factor D inhibitors.

Novartis PCT patent publications WO2014/002057 titled “Pyrrolidinederivatives and their use as complement pathway modulators” andWO2014/009833 titled “Complement pathway modulators and uses thereof”describe additional factor D inhibitors with heterocyclic substituents.Additional factor D inhibitors are described in Novartis PCT patentpublications WO2014/002051, WO2014/002052, WO2014/002053, WO2014/002054,WO2014/002058, WO2014/002059, and WO2014/005150.

Bristol-Myers Squibb PCT patent publication WO2004/045518 titled “Openchain prolyl urea-related modulators of androgen receptor function”describes open chain prolyl urea and thiourea related compounds for thetreatment of androgen receptor-associated conditions, such asage-related diseases, for example, sarcopenia.

Japan Tobacco Inc. PCT patent publication WO1999/048492 titled “Amidederivatives and nociceptin antagonists” describes compounds with aproline-like core and aromatic substituents connected to the prolinecore through amide linkages useful for the treatment of pain.

Ferring B. V. and Yamanouchi Pharmaceutical Co. lTD. PCT patentpublication WO1993/020099 titled “CCK and/or gastrin receptor ligands”describes compounds with a proline-like core and heterocyclicsubstituents connected to the proline core through amide linkages forthe treatment of, for example, gastric disorders or pain.

Alexion Pharmaceuticals PCT patent publication WO1995/029697 titled“Methods and compositions for the treatment of glomerulonephritis andother inflammatory diseases” discloses antibodies directed to C5 of thecomplement pathway for the treatment of glomerulonephritis andinflammatory conditions involving pathologic activation of thecomplement system. Alexion Pharmaceutical's anti-C5 antibody eculizumab(Soliris®) is currently the only complement-specific antibody on themarket, and is the first and only approved treatment for paroxysmalnocturnal hemoglobinuria (PNH).

Compounds which mediate the complement pathway, and for example, act asfactor D inhibitors are needed for treatment of disorders in a host,including a human, associated with misregulation of the complementcascade.

SUMMARY

It has been discovered that a compound of Formula I, or apharmaceutically acceptable salt or composition thereof, wherein R¹² orR¹³ on the A group is a phosphonate, is a superior inhibitor ofcomplement factor D.

In one embodiment, a method for the treatment of a disorder associatedwith a dysfunction, including increased activity, of the complementpathway is provided that includes the administration of an effectiveamount of a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable saltthereof, optionally in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, asdescribed in more detail below.

In one embodiment, the disorder is associated with the alternativecomplement cascade pathway. In yet another embodiment, the disorder isassociated with the complement classical pathway. In a furtherembodiment, the disorder is associated with the complement lectinpathway. The factor D inhibitors provided herein can thus dampen orinhibit detrimental complement activity in a host, by administration ofan effective amount in a suitable manner to a host in need thereof.

Specific embodiments of this invention are directed to certain diseaseindications. In one embodiment, a method for the treatment of paroxysmalnocturnal hemoglobinuria (PNH) is provided that includes theadministration of an effective amount of a compound of Formula I, or apharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, optionally in apharmaceutically acceptable carrier. In another embodiment, a method forthe treatment of age-related macular degeneration (AMD) is provided thatincludes the administration of an effective amount of a compound ofFormula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, optionally ina pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. In another embodiment, a methodfor the treatment of rheumatoid arthritis is provided that includes theadministration of an effective amount of a compound of Formula I, or apharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, optionally in apharmaceutically acceptable carrier. In another embodiment, a method forthe treatment of multiple sclerosis is provided that includes theadministration of an effective amount of a compound of Formula I, or apharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, optionally in apharmaceutically acceptable carrier.

In other embodiments of the invention, an active compound providedherein can be used to treat or prevent a disorder in a host mediated bycomplement factor D, or by an excessive or detrimental amount of the C3amplification loop of the complement pathway. As examples, the inventionincludes methods to treat or prevent complement associated disordersthat are induced by antibody-antigen interactions, a component of animmune or autoimmune disorder or by ischemic injury. The invention alsoprovides methods to decrease inflammation or an immune response,including an autoimmune response, where mediated or affected by factorD.

The disclosure provides compounds of Formula I

and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and compositions thereof,wherein:

Q¹ is N(R¹) or C(R¹R^(1′));

Q² is C(R²R^(2′)), C(R²R^(2′))—C(R²R^(2′)), S, O, N(R²) or C(R²R^(2′))O;

Q³ is N(R³), S, or C(R³R^(3′));

X¹ and X² are independently N, CH, or CZ, or X¹ and X² together are C═C;and

wherein Q¹, Q², Q³, X¹, and X² are selected such that a stable compoundresults.

Non-limiting examples of the

ring are illustrated below (any of which can be otherwise substitutedwith R¹, R^(1′), R², R^(2′), R³, and R^(3′)) as described in more detailbelow.

wherein q is 0, 1, 2 or 3 and r is 1, 2 or 3.

R and R′ are independently chosen from H, alkyl, cycloalkyl,cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycle, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl,heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl wherein each group can be optionallysubstituted or any other substituent group herein that provides thedesired properties. In some embodiments, the ring includes one or morechiral carbon atoms. The invention includes embodiments in which thechiral carbon can be provided as an enantiomer, or mixtrues ofenantiomers, including a racemic mixture. Where the ring includes morethan one stereocenter, all of the enantiomers and diastereomers areincluded in the invention as individual species.

Z is F, Cl, NH₂, CH₃, CH₂D, CHD₂, or CD₃.

R¹, R^(1′), R², R^(2′), R³, and R^(3′) are independently chosen at eachoccurrence, as appropriate, and only where a stable compound results,from hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, amino, C₁-C₆alkyl,C₂-C₆alkenyl, C₂-C₆alkynyl, C₁-C₆alkoxy, C₂-C₆alkynyl, C₂-C₆alkanoyl,C₁-C₆thioalkyl, hydroxyC₁-C₆alkyl, aminoC₁-C₆alkyl, —C₀-C₄alkylNR⁹R¹⁰,—C(O)OR⁹, —OC(O)R⁹, —NR⁹C(O)R¹⁰, —C(O)NR⁹R¹⁰, —OC(O)NR⁹R¹⁰,—NR⁹C(O)OR¹⁰, C₁-C₂haloalkyl, and C₁-C₂haloalkoxy, where R⁹ and R¹⁰ areindependently chosen at each occurrence from hydrogen, C₁-C₆alkyl,(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl)C₀-C₄alkyl, —C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl), and—O—C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl).

In alternative embodiments, R¹ and R^(1′) or R³ and R^(3′) may be takentogether to form a 3- to 6-membered carbocyclic spiro ring or a 3- to6-membered heterocyclic spiro ring containing 1 or 2 heteroatomsindependently chosen from N, O, or S; R² and R^(2′) may be takentogether to form a 3- to 6-membered carbocyclic spiro ring; or R² andR^(2′) may be taken together to form a 3- to 6-membered heterocyclicspiro ring; each of which spiro ring each of which ring may beunsubstituted or substituted with 1 or more substituents independentlychosen from halogen (and in particular F), hydroxyl, cyano, —COOH,C₁-C₄alkyl (including in particular methyl), C₂-C₄alkenyl, C₂-C₄alkynyl,C₁-C₄alkoxy, C₂-C₄alkanoyl, hydroxyC₁-C₄alkyl, (mono- anddi-C₁-C₄alkylamino)C₀-C₄alkyl, —C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl),—O—C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl), C₁-C₂haloalkyl, and C₁-C₂haloalkoxy.

In alternative embodiments, R¹ and R² may be taken together to form a3-membered carbocyclic ring; R¹ and R² may be taken together to form a4- to 6-membered carbocyclic or aryl ring or a 4- to 6-memberedheterocyclic or heteroaryl ring containing 1 or 2 heteroatomsindependently chosen from N, O, and S; or R² and R³, if bound toadjacent carbon atoms, may be taken together to form a 3- to 6-memberedcarbocyclic or aryl ring or a 3- to 6-membered heterocyclic orheteroaryl ring; each of which ring may be unsubstituted or substitutedwith 1 or more substituents independently chosen from halogen (and inparticular F), hydroxyl, cyano, —COOH, C₁-C₄alkyl (including inparticular methyl), C₂-C₄alkenyl, C₂-C₄alkynyl, C₁-C₄alkoxy,C₂-C₄alkanoyl, hydroxyC₁-C₄alkyl, (mono- anddi-C₁-C₄alkylamino)C₀-C₄alkyl, —C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl),—O—C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl), C₁-C₂haloalkyl, and C₁-C₂haloalkoxy.

In alternative embodiments, R¹ and R^(1′), R² and R^(2′), or R³ andR^(3′) can be taken together to form a carbonyl group. In alternativeembodiments, R¹ and R² or R² and R³ can be taken together to form acarbon-carbon double bond.

A is a group chosen from:

R⁴ is chosen from —CHO, —CONH₂, C₂-C₆alkanoyl, hydrogen, —SO₂NH₂,—C(CH₂)₂F, —CH(CF₃)NH₂, C₁-C₆alkyl, —C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl),—C(O)C₀-C₂alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl),

each of which R⁴ other than hydrogen, —CHO, and —CONH₂, is unsubstitutedor substituted with one or more of amino, imino, halogen, hydroxyl,cyano, cyanoimino, C₁-C₂alkyl, C₁-C₂alkoxy, —C₀-C₂alkyl(mono- anddi-C₁-C₄alkylamino), C₁-C₂haloalkyl, and C₁-C₂haloalkoxy.

R⁵ and R⁶ are independently chosen from —CHO, —C(O)NH₂, —C(O)NH(CH₃),C₂-C₆alkanoyl, hydrogen, hydroxyl, halogen, cyano, nitro, —COOH,—SO₂NH₂, vinyl, C₁-C₆alkyl (including methyl), C₂-C₆alkenyl,C₁-C₆alkoxy, —C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl),—C(O)C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl), —P(O)(OR⁹)₂, —OC(O)R⁹, —C(O)OR⁹,—C(O)N(CH₂CH₂R⁹)(R¹⁰), —NR⁹C(O)R¹⁰, phenyl, or 5- to 6-memberedheteroaryl.

Each R⁵ and R⁶ other than hydrogen, hydroxyl, cyano, and —COOH isunsubstituted or optionally substituted. For example, R⁵ and R⁶ otherthan hydrogen, hydroxyl, cyano, and —COOH may be substituted with one ormore substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, amino,imino, cyano, cyanoimino, C₁-C₂alkyl, C₁-C₄alkoxy, —C₀-C₂alkyl(mono- anddi-C₁-C₄alkylamino), C₁-C₂haloalkyl, and C₁-C₂haloalkoxy.

R^(6′) is hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, C₁-C₄alkyl,—C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl), or C₁-C₄alkoxy; or R⁶ and R^(6′) may betaken together to form an oxo, vinyl, or imino group.

R⁷ is hydrogen, C₁-C₆alkyl, or —C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl).

R⁸ and R^(8′) are independently chosen from hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl,C₁-C₆alkyl, —C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl), C₁-C₆alkoxy, and(C₁-C₄alkylamino)C₀-C₂alkyl; or R⁸ and R^(8′) are taken together to forman oxo group; or R⁸ and R^(8′) can be taken together with the carbonthat they are bonded to form a 3-membered carbocyclic ring.

R¹⁶ is absent or may include one or more substituents independentlychosen from halogen, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, C₁-C₆alkyl, C₂-C₆alkenyl,C₂-C₆alkanoyl, C₁-C₆alkoxy, —C₀-C₄alkyl(mono- and di-C₁-C₆alkylamino),—C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl), C₁-C₂haloalkyl, and C₁-C₂haloalkoxy.

R¹⁹ is hydrogen, C₁-C₆alkyl, C₂-C₆alkenyl, C₂-C₆alkanoyl,—SO₂C₁-C₆alkyl, (mono- and di-C₁-C₆alkylamino)C₁-C₄alkyl,—C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl), —C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇heterocycloalkyl),—C₀-C₄alkyl(aryl), C₀-C₄alkyl(heteroaryl), and wherein R¹⁹ other thanhydrogen is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituentsindependently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, amino, —COOH, and—C(O)OC₁-C₄alkyl.

X¹¹ is N or CR¹¹.

X¹² is N or CR¹².

X¹³ is N or CR¹³.

X¹⁴ is N or CR¹⁴.

No more than 2 of X¹¹, X¹², X¹³, and X¹⁴ are N.

One of R¹² and R¹³ is chosen from R³¹ and the other of R¹² and R¹³ ischosen from R³². In an alternative embodiment, R¹² and R¹³ are eachindependently selected from an R³² moiety.

R³¹ is chosen from hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, amino,—COOH, C₁-C₂haloalkyl, C₁-C₂haloalkoxy, C₁-C₆alkyl,—C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl), C₂-C₆alkenyl, C₂-C₆alkanoyl, C₁-C₆alkoxy,C₂-C₆alkenyloxy, —C(O)OR⁹, C₁-C₆thioalkyl, —C₀-C₄alkylNR⁹R¹⁰,—C(O)NR⁹R¹⁰, —SO₂R⁹, —SO₂NR⁹R¹⁰, —OC(O)R⁹, and —C(NR⁹)NR⁹R¹⁰, each ofwhich R³¹ other than hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano,C₁-C₂haloalkyl, and C₁-C₂haloalkoxy is unsubstituted or substituted withone or more substituents independently selected from halogen, hydroxyl,nitro, cyano, amino, —COOH, —CONH₂ C₁-C₂haloalkyl, and C₁-C₂haloalkoxy,and each of which R³¹ is also optionally substituted with onesubstituent chosen from phenyl and 4- to 7-membered heterocyclecontaining 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S;which phenyl or 4- to 7-membered heterocycle is unsubstituted orsubstituted with one or more substituents independently chosen fromhalogen, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, C₁-C₆alkyl, C₂-C₆alkenyl,C₂-C₆alkanoyl, C₁-C₆alkoxy, (mono- and di-C₁-C₆alkylamino)C₀-C₄alkyl,C₁-C₆alkylester, —C₀-C₄alkyl)(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl), C₁-C₂haloalkyl, andC₁-C₂haloalkoxy;

R³² is —P(O)R²⁰R²⁰.

R²⁰ is independently chosen at each occurrence from hydroxyl,C₁-C₆alkoxy, C₁-C₆haloalkoxy, C₁-C₆alkyl, (C₃-C₇cycloalkyl)C₀-C₄alkyl-,(aryl)C₀-C₄alkyl-, —O—C₀-C₄alkyl(aryl), —O—C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl),(4- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl)C₀-C₄alkyl-O— having 1, 2, or 3heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S; (5- or 6-memberedunsaturated or aromatic heterocycle)C₀-C₄alkyl-O— having 1, 2, or 3heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S; —O(CH₂)₂₋₄O(CH₂)₈₋₁₈,—OC(R^(20a))₂OC(O)OR^(20b), —OC(R^(20a))₂OC(O)R^(20b), —NR⁹R¹⁰, anN-linked amino acid or an N-linked amino acid ester and each R²⁰ can beoptionally substituted;

R^(20a) is independently chosen at each occurrence from hydrogen,C₁-C₈alkyl, C₂-C₈alkenyl, C₂-C₈alkynyl, (aryl)C₀-C₄alkyl-,(aryl)C₂-C₈alkenyl- or (aryl)C₂-C₈alkynyl-; or

two R^(20a) groups can be taken together with the carbon that they arebonded to form a 3-6 membered heterocycloalkyl having 1, 2, or 3heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S, or a 3-6 memberedcarbocyclic ring.

R^(20b) is independently chosen at each occurrence from C₁-C₈alkyl,C₂-C₈alkenyl, C₂-C₈alkynyl, (aryl)C₀-C₄alkyl, (aryl)C₂-C₈alkenyl or(aryl)C₂-C₈alkynyl.

R¹¹, R¹⁴, and R¹⁵ are independently chosen at each occurrence fromhydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, —O(PO)(OR⁹)₂, —(PO)(OR⁹)₂,C₁-C₆alkyl, C₂-C₆alkenyl, C₂-C₆alkynyl, C₂-C₆alkenyl(aryl),C₂-C₆alkenyl(cycloalkyl), C₂-C₆alkenyl(heterocycle),C₂-C₆alkenyl(heteroaryl), C₂-C₆alkynyl, C₂-C₆alkynyl(aryl),C₂-C₆alkynyl(cycloalkyl), C₂-C₆alkynyl(heterocycle),C₂-C₆alkynyl(heteroaryl), C₂-C₆alkanoyl, C₁-C₆alkoxy, C₁-C₆thioalkyl,—C₀-C₄alkyl(mono- and di-C₁-C₆alkylamino), —C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl),—C₀-C₄alkoxy(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl), C₁-C₂haloalkyl, and C₁-C₂haloalkoxy.

L is a bond or is chosen from the formulas

where R¹⁷ is hydrogen, C₁-C₆alkyl, or —C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl) andR¹⁸ and R^(18′) are independently chosen from hydrogen, halogen,hydroxymethyl, and methyl; and m is 0, 1, 2, or 3.

B is a monocyclic or bicyclic carbocyclic; a monocyclic or bicycliccarbocyclic-oxy group; a monocyclic, bicyclic, or tricyclic heterocyclicgroup having 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O,and S and from 4 to 7 ring atoms per ring; C₂-C₆alkenyl; C₂-C₆alkynyl;—(C₀-C₄alkyl)(aryl); —(C₀-C₄alkyl)(heteroaryl); or—(C₀-C₄alkyl)(biphenyl).

Each of which B is unsubstituted or substituted with one or moresubstituents independently chosen from R³³ and R³⁴, and 0 or 1substituents chosen from R³⁵ and R³⁶.

R³³ is independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, —COOH, cyano,C₁-C₆alkyl, C₂-C₆alkanoyl, C₁-C₆alkoxy, —C₀-C₄alkylNR⁹R¹⁰, —SO₂R⁹,C₁-C₂haloalkyl, and C₁-C₂haloalkoxy;

R³⁴ is independently chosen from nitro, C₂-C₆alkenyl, C₂-C₆alkynyl,C₁-C₆thioalkyl, -JC₃-C₇cycloalkyl, —B(OH)₂, -JC(O)NR⁹R²³, -JOSO₂OR²¹,—C(O)(CH₂)₁₋₄S(O)R²¹, —O(CH₂)₁₋₄S(O)NR²¹R²², -JOP(O)(OR²¹)(OR²²),-JP(O)(OR²¹)(OR²²), -JOP(O)(OR²¹⁾R²², -JP(O)(OR²¹)R²², -JOP(O)R²¹R²²,-JP(O)R²¹R²², -JSP(O)(OR²¹)(OR²²), -JSP(O)(OR²¹)(R²²),-JSP(O)(R²¹)(R²²), -JNR⁹P(O)(NHR²¹)(NHR²²) -JNR⁹P(O)(OR²¹)(NHR²²),-JNR⁹P(O)(OR²¹)(OR²²), -JC(S)R²¹, -JNR²¹SO₂R²², -JNR⁹S(O)NR¹⁰R²²,-JNR⁹SO₂NR¹⁰R²², -JSO₂NR⁹COR²², -JSO₂NR⁹CONR²¹R²², -JNR²¹SO₂R²²,-JC(O)NR²¹SO₂R²², -JC(NH₂)NR²², -JC(NH₂)NR⁹S(O)₂R²², -JOC(O)NR²¹R²²,-JNR²¹C(O)OR²², -JNR²¹OC(O)R²², —(CH₂)₁₋₄C(O)NR²¹R²², -JC(O)R²⁴R²⁵,-JNR⁹C(O)R²¹, -JC(O)R²¹, -JNR⁹C(O)NR¹⁰R²², —CCR²¹, —(CH₂)₁₋₄OC(O)R²¹,and -JC(O)OR²³; each of which R³⁴ may be unsubstituted or substitutedwith one or more substituents independently chosen from halogen,hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, amino, oxo, —B(OH)₂, —Si(CH₃)₃, —COOH, —CONH₂,—P(O)(OH)₂, C₁-C₆alkyl, —C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl), C₁-C₆alkoxy,—C₀-C₂alkyl(mono- and di-C₁-C₄alkylamino), C₁-C₆alkylester,C₁-C₄alkylamino, C₁-C₄hydroxylalkyl, C₁-C₂haloalkyl, andC₁-C₂haloalkoxy.

R³⁵ is independently chosen from naphthyl, naphthyloxy, indanyl, (4- to7-membered heterocycloalkyl)C₀-C₄alkyl containing 1 or 2 heteroatomschosen from N, O, and S, and bicyclic heterocycle containing 1, 2, or 3heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S, and containing 4- to7-ring atoms in each ring; each of which R³⁵ is unsubstituted orsubstituted with one or more substituents independently chosen fromhalogen, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, C₁-C₆alkyl, C₂-C₆alkenyl,C₂-C₆alkanoyl, C₁-C₆alkoxy, (mono- and di-C₁-C₆alkylamino)C₀-C₄alkyl,C₁-C₆alkylester, —C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl), —SO_(2R) ⁹,C₁-C₂haloalkyl, and C₁-C₂haloalkoxy.

R³⁶ is independently chosen from tetrazolyl, (phenyl)C₀-C₂alkyl,(phenyl)C₁-C₂alkoxy, phenoxy, and 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl containing1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, B, and S, each ofwhich R³⁶ is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituentsindependently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, C₁-C₆alkyl,C₂-C₆alkenyl, C₂-C₆alkanoyl, C₁-C₆alkoxy, (mono- anddi-C₁-C₆alkylamino)C₀-C₄alkyl, C₁-C₆alkylester,—C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl), —SO₂R⁹, —OSi(CH₃)₂C(CH₃)₃,—Si(CH₃)₂C(CH₃)₃, C₁-C₂haloalkyl, and C₁-C₂haloalkoxy.

R²¹ and R²² are independently chosen at each occurrence from hydrogen,hydroxyl, cyano, amino, C₁-C₆alkyl, C₁-C₆haloalkyl, C₁-C₆alkoxy,(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl)C₀-C₄alkyl, (phenyl)C₀-C₄alkyl,—C₁-C₄alkylOC(O)OC₁-C₆alkyl, —C₁-C₄alkylOC(O)C₁-C₆alkyl,—C₁-C₄alkylC(O)OC₁-C₆alkyl, (4- to 7-memberedheterocycloalkyl)C₀-C₄alkyl having 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms independentlychosen from N, O, and S, and (5- or 6-membered unsaturated or aromaticheterocycle)C₀-C₄alkyl having 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms independentlychosen from N, O, and S, and each R²¹ and R²² can be optionallysubstituted.

R²³ is independently chosen at each occurrence from C₁-C₆alkyl,C₁-C₆haloalkyl, (aryl)C₀-C₄alkyl, (C₃-C₇cycloalkyl)C₀-C₄alkyl,(phenyl)C₀-C₄alkyl, (4- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl)C₀-C₄alkyl having1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S, and (5- or6-membered unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle)C₀-C₄alkyl having 1, 2,or 3 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S, and each R²³ canbe optionally substituted.

R²⁴ and R²⁵ are taken together with the nitrogen to which they areattached to form a 4- to 7-membered monocyclic heterocycloalkyl group,or a 6- to 10-membered bicyclic heterocyclic group having fused, spiro,or bridged rings, and each R²⁴ and R²⁵ can be optionally substituted.

J is independently chosen at each occurrence from a covalent bond,C₁-C₄alkylene, —OC₁-C₄alkylene, C₂-C₄alkenylene, and C₂-C₄alkynylene.

Pharmaceutical compositions comprising a compound or salt of Formula Itogether with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier are also disclosed.

Methods of treating or preventing disorders mediated by complementcascade factor D, including but not limited to age-related maculardegeneration (AMD), retinal degeneration, other ophthalmic diseases(e.g., geographic atrophy), paroxysymal nocturnal hemoglobinuria (PNH),multiple sclerosis (MS), arthritis including rheumatoid arthritis (RA),a respiratory disease or a cardiovascular disease, are provided,comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of acompound or salt of Formula I to a host, including a human, in need ofsuch treatment are also disclosed.

In another embodiment, an effective amount of an active factor Dinhibiting compound is provided to treat an inflammatory or immunedisorder, including an autoimmune disorder, that is meadited or affectedby factor D. In an alternative embodiment, the compound of Formula I canbe used to treat a disorder mediated by the complement pathway,regardless whether it is acting through Factor D.

The present invention includes at least the following features:

(a) a compound of Formula I as described herein, and pharmaceuticallyacceptable salts and prodrugs thereof (each of which and all subgenusesand species thereof considered individually and specifically described);

(b) Formula I as described herein, and pharmaceutically acceptable saltsand prodrugs thereof, for use in treating or preventing disordersmediated by the complement pathway, and for example, cascade factor D,including age-related macular degeneration (AMD), retinal degeneration,paroxysymal nocturnal hemoglobinuria (PNH), multiple sclerosis (MS), andrheumatoid arthritis (RA) and other disorders described further herein;

(c) use of Formula I, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts and prodrugsthereof in the manufacture of a medicament for use in treating orpreventing disorders mediated by complement cascade factor D, includingage-related macular degeneration (AMD), retinal degeneration,paroxysymal nocturnal hemoglobinuria (PNH), multiple sclerosis (MS), andrheumatoid arthritis (RA) and other disorders described further herein;

(d) a process for manufacturing a medicament intended for thetherapeutic use for treating or preventing treating or preventingdisorders mediated by complement cascade factor D, including age-relatedmacular degeneration (AMD), retinal degeneration, paroxysymal nocturnalhemoglobinuria (PNH), multiple sclerosis (MS), and rheumatoid arthritis(RA) and other disorders described further herein characterized in thatFormula I as described herein is used in the manufacture;

(e) a pharmaceutical formulation comprising an effective host-treatingamount of the Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrugthereof together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent;

(f) Formula I as described herein in substantially pure form, includingsubstantially isolated from other chemical entities (e.g., at least 90or 95%);

(g) processes for the manufacture of the compounds of Formula I andsalts, compositions, dosage forms thereof; and

(h) processes for the preparation of therapeutic products that containan effective amount of Formula I, as described herein.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION I. Terminology

Compounds are described using standard nomenclature. Unless definedotherwise, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the samemeaning as is commonly understood by one of skill in the art to whichthis invention belongs.

The compounds in any of the Formulas described herein includeenantiomers, mixtures of enantiomers, diastereomers, tautomers,racemates and other isomers, such as rotamers, as if each isspecifically described. “Formula I” includes all subgeneric groups ofFormula I, such as Formula IA and Formula IB and also includespharmaceutically acceptable salts of a compound of Formula I, unlessclearly contraindicated by the context in which this phrase is used.“Formula I” also includes all subgeneric groups of Formula I, such asFormulas IC-ID, and Formulas II-XXX, and also includes pharmaceuticallyacceptable salts of all subgeneric groups of Formula I, such as FormulasIA-ID, and Formulas II-XXX, unless contraindicated by the context inwhich this phrase is used.

The terms “a” and “an” do not denote a limitation of quantity, butrather denote the presence of at least one of the referenced item. Theterm “or” means “and/or”. Recitation of ranges of values are merelyintended to serve as a shorthand method of referring individually toeach separate value falling within the range, unless otherwise indicatedherein, and each separate value is incorporated into the specificationas if it were individually recited herein. The endpoints of all rangesare included within the range and independently combinable. All methodsdescribed herein can be performed in a suitable order unless otherwiseindicated herein or otherwise clearly contradicted by context. The useof examples, or exemplary language (e.g., “such as”), is intended merelyto better illustrate the invention and does not pose a limitation on thescope of the invention unless otherwise claimed. Unless definedotherwise, technical and scientific terms used herein have the samemeaning as is commonly understood by one of skill in the art to whichthis invention belongs.

The present invention includes compounds of Formula I and the use ofcompounds with at least one desired isotopic substitution of an atom, atan amount above the natural abundance of the isotope, i.e., enriched.Isotopes are atoms having the same atomic number but different massnumbers, i.e., the same number of protons but a different number ofneutrons.

Examples of isotopes that can be incorporated into compounds of theinvention include isotopes of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen,phosphorous, fluorine, and chlorine, such as ²H, ³H, ¹¹C, ¹³C, ¹⁴C, ¹⁵N,¹⁸F ³¹P, ³²P, ³⁵S, ³⁶Cl, ¹²⁵I respectively. The invention includesisotopically modified compounds of Formula I. In one embodiment,isotopically labelled compounds can be used in metabolic studies (with¹⁴C), reaction kinetic studies (with, for example ²H or ³H), detectionor imaging techniques, such as positron emission tomography (PET) orsingle-photon emission computed tomography (SPECT) including drug orsubstrate tissue distribution assays, or in radioactive treatment ofpatients. In particular, an ¹⁸F labeled compound may be particularlydesirable for PET or SPECT studies. Isotopically labeled compounds ofthis invention and prodrugs thereof can generally be prepared bycarrying out the procedures disclosed in the schemes or in the examplesand preparations described below by substituting a readily availableisotopically labeled reagent for a non-isotopically labeled reagent.

By way of general example and without limitation, isotopes of hydrogen,for example, deuterium (²H) and tritium (³H) may be used anywhere indescribed structures that achieves the desired result. Alternatively orin addition, isotopes of carbon, e.g., ¹³C and ¹⁴C, may be used. In oneembodiment, the isotopic substitution is deuterium for hydrogen at oneor more locations on the molecule to improve the performance of thedrug, for example, the pharmacodynamics, pharmacokinetics,biodistribution, half-life, stability, AUC, Tmax, Cmax, etc. Forexample, the deuterium can be bound to carbon in a location of bondbreakage during metabolism (an α-deuterium kinetic isotope effect) ornext to or near the site of bond breakage (a β-deuterium kinetic isotopeeffect).

Isotopic substitutions, for example deuterium substitutions, can bepartial or complete. Partial deuterium substitution means that at leastone hydrogen is substituted with deuterium. In certain embodiments, theisotope is 90, 95 or 99% or more enriched in an isotope at any locationof interest. In one embodiments deuterium is 90, 95 or 99% enriched at adesired location. Unless otherwise stated, the enrichment at any pointis above natural abundance and enough to alter a detectable property ofthe drug in a human.

In one embodiment, the substitution of a hydrogen atom for a deuteriumatom occurs within an R group substituent on the L-B moiety region. Inone embodiment, the substitution of a hydrogen atom for a deuterium atomoccurs within an R group selected from any of R¹⁸, R^(18′), R³³, R³⁴,R³⁵, and/or R³⁶. In one embodiment, the substitution of a hydrogen atomfor a deuterium atom occurs within an R group substituent within theA-carbonyl moiety region. In one embodiment, the substitution of ahydrogen atom for a deuterium atom occurs at R^(4′) R⁵, R⁶, R^(6′), R⁷,R⁸, R^(8′), R¹¹, R¹², R¹³, R¹⁴, R¹⁵, R¹⁶, R¹⁹, R²⁰, R^(20a), R^(20b),R²¹, R²², R²³, R³¹, and R³². In other embodiments, certain substituentson the proline ring are selectively deuterated. For example, in oneembodiment, the substitution of a hydrogen atom for a deuterium atomoccurs at R, R′, R¹, R^(1′), R², R^(2′), R³, and/or R^(3′). In oneembodiment, for example, when any of the R substituents of the prolinering are methyl or methoxy, the alkyl residue is optionally deuterated,e.g., CD₃ or OCD₃. In certain other embodiments, when two substituentsof the proline ring are combined to form a cyclopropyl ring, theunsubstituted methylene carbon is deuterated.

The substitution of a hydrogen atom for a deuterium atom occurs withinan R group when at least one of the variables within the R group ishydrogen (e.g., ²H or D) or alkyl (e.g., CD₃). For example, when any ofR groups are, or contain for example through substitution, methyl orethyl, the alkyl residue is typically deuterated, e.g., CD₃, CH₂CD₃ orCD₂CD₃.

The compound of the present invention may form a solvate with solvents(including water). Therefore, in one embodiment, the invention includesa solvated form of the active compound. The term “solvate” refers to amolecular complex of a compound of the present invention (includingsalts thereof) with one or more solvent molecules. Examples of solventsare water, ethanol, dimethyl sulfoxide, acetone and other common organicsolvents. The term “hydrate” refers to a molecular complex comprising acompound of the invention and water. Pharmaceutically acceptablesolvates in accordance with the invention include those wherein thesolvent of crystallization may be isotopically substituted, e.g. D₂O,d₆-acetone, d₆-DMSO. A solvate can be in a liquid or solid form.

A dash (“-”) that is not between two letters or symbols is used toindicate a point of attachment for a substituent. For example, —(C═O)NH₂is attached through carbon of the keto (C═O) group.

The term “substituted”, as used herein, means that any one or morehydrogens on the designated atom or group is replaced with a moietyselected from the indicated group, provided that the designated atom'snormal valence is not exceeded. For example, when the substituent is oxo(i.e., ═O) then two hydrogens on the atom are replaced. When an oxogroup replaces two hydrogens in an aromatic moiety, the correspondingpartially unsaturated ring replaces the aromatic ring. For example apyridyl group substituted by oxo is a pyridone. Combinations ofsubstituents and/or variables are permissible only if such combinationsresult in stable compounds or useful synthetic intermediates.

A stable compound or stable structure refers to a compound leading to acompound that can be isolated and can be formulated into a dosage formwith a shelf life of at least one month.

Any suitable group may be present on a “substituted” or “optionallysubstituted” position that forms a stable molecule and advances thedesired purpose of the invention and includes, but is not limited to,e.g., halogen (which can independently be F, Cl, Br or I); cyano;hydroxyl; nitro; azido; alkanoyl (such as a C₂-C₆ alkanoyl group);carboxamide; alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, aryloxy suchas phenoxy; alkylthio including those having one or more thioetherlinkages; alkylsulfinyl; alkylsulfonyl groups including those having oneor more sulfonyl linkages; aminoalkyl groups including groups having oneor more N atoms; aryl (e.g., phenyl, biphenyl, naphthyl, or the like,each ring either substituted or unsubstituted aromatic); arylalkylhaving for example, 1 to 3 separate or fused rings and from 6 to about14 or 18 ring carbon atoms, with benzyl being an exemplary arylalkylgroup; arylalkoxy, for example, having 1 to 3 separate or fused ringswith benzyloxy being an exemplary arylalkoxy group; or a saturated,unsaturated, or aromatic heterocyclic group having 1 to 3 separate orfused rings with one or more N, O or S atoms, e.g. coumarinyl,quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, quinazolinyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl,pyrimidinyl, furanyl, pyrrolyl, thienyl, thiazolyl, triazinyl, oxazolyl,isoxazolyl, imidazolyl, indolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiazolyl,tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl,piperazinyl, and pyrrolidinyl. Such heterocyclic groups may be furthersubstituted, e.g. with hydroxy, alkyl, alkoxy, halogen and amino. Incertain embodiments “optionally substituted” includes one or moresubstituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, amino, cyano,—CHO, —COOH, —CONH₂, C₁-C₆alkyl, C₂-C₆alkenyl, C₂-C₆alkynyl,—C₁-C₆alkoxy, C₂-C₆alkanoyl, C₁-C₆alkylester, (mono- anddi-C₁-C₆alkylamino)C₀-C₂alkyl, C₁-C₂haloalkyl, hydoxyC₁-C₆alkyl, ester,carbamate, urea, sulfonamide, —C₁-C₆alkyl(heterocyclo),C₁-C₆alkyl(heteroaryl), —C₁-C₆alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl),O—C₁-C₆alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl), B(OH)₂, phosphate, phosphonate andC₁-C₂haloalkoxy.

“Alkyl” is a branched or straight chain saturated aliphatic hydrocarbongroup. In one embodiment, the alkyl contains from 1 to about 18 carbonatoms, more generally from 1 to about 6 carbon atoms or from 1 to about4 carbon atoms. In one embodiment, the alkyl contains from 1 to about 8carbon atoms. In certain embodiments, the alkyl is C₁-C₂, C₁-C₃, orC₁-C₆. The specified ranges as used herein indicate an alkyl grouphaving each member of the range described as an independent species. Forexample, the term C₁-C₆ alkyl as used herein indicates a straight orbranched alkyl group having from 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 carbon atoms and isintended to mean that each of these is described as an independentspecies. For example, the term C₁-C₄alkyl as used herein indicates astraight or branched alkyl group having from 1, 2, 3, or 4 carbon atomsand is intended to mean that each of these is described as anindependent species. When C₀-C_(n) alkyl is used herein in conjunctionwith another group, for example, (C₃-C₇cycloalkyl)C₀-C₄ alkyl, or—C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl), the indicated group, in this casecycloalkyl, is either directly bound by a single covalent bond(C₀alkyl), or attached by an alkyl chain in this case 1, 2, 3, or 4carbon atoms. Alkyls can also be attached via other groups such asheteroatoms as in —O—C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl). Examples of alkylinclude, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl,n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, t-butyl, n-pentyl, isopentyl, tert-pentyl,neopentyl, n-hexyl, 2-methylpentane, 3-methylpentane, 2,2-dimethylbutaneand 2,3-dimethylbutane. In one embodiment, the alkyl group is optionallysubstituted as described above.

“Alkenyl” is a branched or straight chain aliphatic hydrocarbon grouphaving one or more carbon-carbon double bonds that may occur at a stablepoint along the chain. Nonlimiting examples are C₂-C₈alkenyl,C₂-C₆alkenyl and C₂-C₄alkenyl. The specified ranges as used hereinindicate an alkenyl group having each member of the range described asan independent species, as described above for the alkyl moiety.Examples of alkenyl include, but are not limited to, ethenyl andpropenyl. In one embodiment, the alkenyl group is optionally substitutedas described above.

“Alkynyl” is a branched or straight chain aliphatic hydrocarbon grouphaving one or more carbon-carbon triple bonds that may occur at anystable point along the chain, for example, C₂-C₈alkynyl or C₂-C₆alkynyl.The specified ranges as used herein indicate an alkynyl group havingeach member of the range described as an independent species, asdescribed above for the alkyl moiety. Examples of alkynyl include, butare not limited to, ethynyl, propynyl, 1-butynyl, 2-butynyl, 3-butynyl,1-pentynyl, 2-pentynyl, 3-pentynyl, 4-pentynyl, 1-hexynyl, 2-hexynyl,3-hexynyl, 4-hexynyl and 5-hexynyl. In one embodiment, the alkynyl groupis optionally substituted as described above.

“Alkylene” is a bivalent saturated hydrocarbon. Alkylenes, for example,can be a 1 to 8 carbon moiety, 1 to 6 carbon moiety, or an indicatednumber of carbon atoms, for example C₁-C₄alkylene, C₁-C₃alkylene, orC₁-C₂alkylene.

“Alkenylene” is a bivalent hydrocarbon having at least one carbon-carbondouble bond. Alkenylenes, for example, can be a 2 to 8 carbon moiety, 2to 6 carbon moiety, or an indicated number of carbon atoms, for exampleC₂-C₄alkenylene.

“Alkynylene” is a bivalent hydrocarbon having at least one carbon-carbontriple bond. Alkynylenes, for example, can be a 2 to 8 carbon moiety, 2to 6 carbon moiety, or an indicated number of carbon atoms, for exampleC₂-C₄alkynylene.

“Alkoxy” is an alkyl group as defined above covalently bound through anoxygen bridge (—O—). Examples of alkoxy include, but are not limited to,methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, i-propoxy, n-butoxy, 2-butoxy, t-butoxy,n-pentoxy, 2-pentoxy, 3-pentoxy, isopentoxy, neopentoxy, n-hexoxy,2-hexoxy, 3-hexoxy, and 3-methylpentoxy. Similarly an “alkylthio” or a“thioalkyl” group is an alkyl group as defined above with the indicatednumber of carbon atoms covalently bound through a sulfur bridge (—S—).In one embodiment, the alkoxy group is optionally substituted asdescribed above.

“Alkenyloxy” is an alkenyl group as defined covalently bound to thegroup it substitutes by an oxygen bridge (—O—).

“Alkanoyl” is an alkyl group as defined above covalently bound through acarbonyl (C═O) bridge. The carbonyl carbon is included in the number ofcarbons, that is C₂alkanoyl is a CH₃(C═O)— group. In one embodiment, thealkanoyl group is optionally substituted as described above.

“Alkylester” is an alkyl group as defined herein covalently boundthrough an ester linkage. The ester linkage may be in eitherorientation, e.g., a group of the formula —O(C═O)alkyl or a group of theformula —(C═O)Oalkyl.

“Amide” or “carboxamide” is —C(O)NR^(a)R^(b) wherein R^(a) and R^(b) areeach independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, for example,C₁-C₆alkyl, alkenyl, for example, C₂-C₆alkenyl, alkynyl, for example,C₂-C₆alkynyl, —C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl),—C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇heterocycloalkyl), —C₀-C₄alkyl(aryl), and—C₀-C₄alkyl(heteroaryl); or together with the nitrogen to which they arebonded, R^(a) and R^(b) can form a C₃-C₇heterocyclic ring. In oneembodiment, the R^(a) and R^(b) groups are each independently optionallysubstituted as described above.

“Carbocyclic group”, “carbocyclic ring”, or “cycloalkyl” is a saturatedor partially unsaturated (i.e., not aromatic) group containing allcarbon ring atoms. A carbocyclic group typically contains 1 ring of 3 to7 carbon atoms or 2 fused rings each containing 3 to 7 carbon atoms.Cycloalkyl substituents may be pendant from a substituted nitrogen orcarbon atom, or a substituted carbon atom that may have two substituentscan have a cycloalkyl group, which is attached as a spiro group.Examples of carbocyclic rings include cyclohexenyl, cyclohexyl,cyclopentenyl, cyclopentyl, cyclobutenyl, cyclobutyl and cyclopropylrings. In one embodiment, the carbocyclic ring is optionally substitutedas described above. In one embodiment, the cycloalkyl is a partiallyunsaturated (i.e., not aromatic) group containing all carbon ring atoms.In another embodiment, the cycloalkyl is a saturated group containingall carbon ring atoms.

“Carbocyclic-oxy group” is a monocyclic carbocyclic ring or a mono- orbi-cyclic carbocyclic group as defined above attached to the group itsubstitutes via an oxygen, —O—, linker.

“Haloalkyl” indicates both branched and straight-chain alkyl groupssubstituted with 1 or more halogen atoms, up to the maximum allowablenumber of halogen atoms. Examples of haloalkyl include, but are notlimited to, trifluoromethyl, monofluoromethyl, difluoromethyl,2-fluoroethyl, and penta-fluoroethyl.

“Haloalkoxy” indicates a haloalkyl group as defined herein attachedthrough an oxygen bridge (oxygen of an alcohol radical).

“Hydroxyalkyl” is an alkyl group as previously described, substitutedwith at least one hydroxyl subsitutuent.

“Aminoalkyl” is an alkyl group as previously described, substituted withat least one amino subsitutuent.

“Halo” or “halogen” indicates independently any of fluoro, chloro,bromo, and iodo.

“Aryl” indicates aromatic groups containing only carbon in the aromaticring or rings. In one embodiment, the aryl groups contain 1 to 3separate or fused rings and is 6 to about 14 or 18 ring atoms, withoutheteroatoms as ring members. When indicated, such aryl groups may befurther substituted with carbon or non-carbon atoms or groups. Suchsubstitution may include fusion to a 5 to 7-membered saturated cyclicgroup that optionally contains 1 or 2 heteroatoms independently chosenfrom N, O, and S, to form, for example, a 3,4-methylenedioxyphenylgroup. Aryl groups include, for example, phenyl and naphthyl, including1-naphthyl and 2-naphthyl. In one embodiment, aryl groups are pendant.An example of a pendant ring is a phenyl group substituted with a phenylgroup. In one embodiment, the aryl group is optionally substituted asdescribed above.

The term “heterocycle,” or “heterocyclic ring” as used herein refers toa saturated or a partially unsaturated (i.e., having one or more doubleand/or triple bonds within the ring without aromaticity) carbocyclicradical of 3 to about 12, and more typically 3, 5, 6, 7 to 10 ring atomsin which at least one ring atom is a heteroatom selected from nitrogen,oxygen, phosphorus and sulfur, the remaining ring atoms being C, whereone or more ring atoms is optionally substituted independently with oneor more substituents described above. A heterocycle may be a monocyclehaving 3 to 7 ring members (2 to 6 carbon atoms and 1 to 4 heteroatomsselected from N, O, P, and S) or a bicycle having 6 to 10 ring members(4 to 9 carbon atoms and 1 to 6 heteroatoms selected from N, O, P, andS), for example: a bicyclo [4,5], [5,5], [5,6], or [6,6] system. In oneembodiment, the only heteroatom is nitrogen. In one embodiment, the onlyheteroatom is oxygen. In one embodiment, the only heteroatom is sulfur.Heterocycles are described in Paquette, Leo A.; “Principles of ModernHeterocyclic Chemistry” (W. A. Benjamin, New York, 1968), particularlyChapters 1, 3, 4, 6, 7, and 9; “The Chemistry of Heterocyclic Compounds,A series of Monographs” (John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1950 to present),in particular Volumes 13, 14, 16, 19, and 28; and J. Am. Chem. Soc.(1960) 82:5566. Examples of heterocyclic rings include, but are notlimited to, pyrrolidinyl, dihydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothienyl,tetrahydropyranyl, dihydropyranyl, tetrahydrothiopyranyl, piperidino,piperidonyl, morpholino, thiomorpholino, thioxanyl, piperazinyl,homopiperazinyl, azetidinyl, oxetanyl, thietanyl, homopiperidinyl,oxepanyl, thiepanyl, oxazepinyl, diazepinyl, thiazepinyl, 2-pyrrolinyl,3-pyrrolinyl, indolinyl, 2H-pyranyl, 4H-pyranyl, dioxanyl,1,3-dioxolanyl, pyrazolinyl, dithianyl, dithiolanyl, dihydropyranyl,dihydrothienyl, dihydrofuranyl, dihydroisoquinolinyl,tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, pyrazolidinylimidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl,2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.2]octane, 3-oxa-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octane,8-oxa-3-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octane, 6-oxa-3-azabicyclo[3.1.1]heptane,2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, 3-azabicyco[3.1.0]hexanyl,3-azabicyclo[4.1.0]heptanyl, azabicyclo[2.2.2]hexanyl, 3H-indolyl,quinolizinyl, N-pyridyl ureas, and pyrrolopyrimidine. Spiro moieties arealso included within the scope of this definition. Examples of aheterocyclic group wherein 1 or 2 ring carbon atoms are substituted withoxo (═O) moieties are pyrimidinonyl and 1,1-dioxo-thiomorpholinyl. Theheterocycle groups herein are optionally substituted independently withone or more substituents described herein.

“Heterocyclicoxy group” is a monocyclic heterocyclic ring or a bicyclicheterocyclic group as described previously linked to the group itsubstitutes via an oxygen, —O—, linker.

“Heteroaryl” indicates a stable monocyclic aromatic ring which containsfrom 1 to 3, or in some embodiments from 1 to 2, heteroatoms chosen fromN, O, and S, with remaining ring atoms being carbon, or a stablebicyclic or tricyclic system containing at least one 5- to 7-memberedaromatic ring which contains from 1 to 3, or in some embodiments from 1to 2, heteroatoms chosen from N, O, and S, with remaining ring atomsbeing carbon. In one embodiment, the only heteroatom is nitrogen. In oneembodiment, the only heteroatom is oxygen. In one embodiment, the onlyheteroatom is sulfur. Monocyclic heteroaryl groups typically have from 5to 7 ring atoms. In some embodiments bicyclic heteroaryl groups are 9-to 10-membered heteroaryl groups, that is, groups containing 9 or 10ring atoms in which one 5- to 7-member aromatic ring is fused to asecond aromatic or non-aromatic ring. When the total number of S and Oatoms in the heteroaryl group exceeds 1, these heteroatoms are notadjacent to one another. In one embodiment, the total number of S and Oatoms in the heteroaryl group is not more than 2. In another embodiment,the total number of S and O atoms in the aromatic heterocycle is notmore than 1. Examples of heteroaryl groups include, but are not limitedto, pyridinyl (including, for example, 2-hydroxypyridinyl), imidazolyl,imidazopyridinyl, pyrimidinyl (including, for example,4-hydroxypyrimidinyl), pyrazolyl, triazolyl, pyrazinyl, tetrazolyl,furyl, thienyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, oxazolyl,isothiazolyl, pyrrolyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl,tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, indolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzofuranyl,cinnolinyl, indazolyl, indolizinyl, phthalazinyl, pyridazinyl,triazinyl, isoindolyl, pteridinyl, purinyl, oxadiazolyl, triazolyl,thiadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, furazanyl, benzofurazanyl, benzothiophenyl,benzothiazolyl, benzoxazolyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl,naphthyridinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, and furopyridinyl. Heteroaryl groupsare optionally substituted independently with one or more substituentsdescribed herein. “Heteroaryloxy” is a heteroaryl group as describedbound to the group it substituted via an oxygen, —O—, linker.

“Heterocycloalkyl” is a saturated ring group. It may have, for example,1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, S, and O, withremaining ring atoms being carbon. In a typical embodiment, nitrogen isthe heteroatm. Monocyclic heterocycloalkyl groups typically have from 3to about 8 ring atoms or from 4 to 6 ring atoms. Examples ofheterocycloalkyl groups include morpholinyl, piperazinyl, piperidinyl,and pyrrolinyl.

The term “mono- and/or di-alkylamino” indicates secondary or tertiaryalkylamino groups, wherein the alkyl groups are independently chosenalkyl groups, as defined herein. The point of attachment of thealkylamino group is on the nitrogen. Examples of mono- and di-alkylaminogroups include ethylamino, dimethylamino, and methyl-propyl-amino.

A “dosage form” means a unit of administration of an active agent.Examples of dosage forms include tablets, capsules, injections,suspensions, liquids, emulsions, implants, particles, spheres, creams,ointments, suppositories, inhalable forms, transdermal forms, buccal,sublingual, topical, gel, mucosal, and the like. A “dosage form” canalso include an implant, for example an optical implant.

“Pharmaceutical compositions” are compositions comprising at least oneactive agent, such as a compound or salt of Formula I, and at least oneother substance, such as a carrier. “Pharmaceutical combinations” arecombinations of at least two active agents which may be combined in asingle dosage form or provided together in separate dosage forms withinstructions that the active agents are to be used together to treat anydisorder described herein.

“Pharmaceutically acceptable salts” includes derivatives of thedisclosed compounds in which the parent compound is modified by makinginorganic and organic, non-toxic, acid or base addition salts thereof.The salts of the present compounds can be synthesized from a parentcompound that contains a basic or acidic moiety by conventional chemicalmethods. Generally, such salts can be prepared by reacting free acidforms of these compounds with a stoichiometric amount of the appropriatebase (such as Na, Ca, Mg, or K hydroxide, carbonate, bicarbonate, or thelike), or by reacting free base forms of these compounds with astoichiometric amount of the appropriate acid. Such reactions aretypically carried out in water or in an organic solvent, or in a mixtureof the two. Generally, non-aqueous media like ether, ethyl acetate,ethanol, isopropanol, or acetonitrile are typical, where practicable.Salts of the present compounds further include solvates of the compoundsand of the compound salts.

Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable salts include, but are notlimited to, mineral or organic acid salts of basic residues such asamines; alkali or organic salts of acidic residues such as carboxylicacids; and the like. The pharmaceutically acceptable salts include theconventional non-toxic salts and the quaternary ammonium salts of theparent compound formed, for example, from non-toxic inorganic or organicacids. For example, conventional non-toxic acid salts include thosederived from inorganic acids such as hydrochloric, hydrobromic,sulfuric, sulfamic, phosphoric, nitric and the like; and the saltsprepared from organic acids such as acetic, propionic, succinic,glycolic, stearic, lactic, malic, tartaric, citric, ascorbic, pamoic,maleic, hydroxymaleic, phenylacetic, glutamic, benzoic, salicylic,mesylic, esylic, besylic, sulfanilic, 2-acetoxybenzoic, fumaric,toluenesulfonic, methanesulfonic, ethane disulfonic, oxalic, isethionic,HOOC—(CH₂)_(n)—COOH where n is 0-4, and the like. Lists of additionalsuitable salts may be found, e.g., in Remington's PharmaceuticalSciences, 17th ed., Mack Publishing Company, Easton, Pa., p. 1418(1985).

The term “carrier” applied to pharmaceutical compositions/combinationsof the invention refers to a diluent, excipient, or vehicle with whichan active compound is provided.

A “pharmaceutically acceptable excipient” means an excipient that isuseful in preparing a pharmaceutical composition/combination that isgenerally safe, non-toxic and neither biologically nor otherwiseinappropriate for administration to a host, and includes, in oneembodiment, an excipient that is acceptable for veterinary use as wellas human pharmaceutical use. A “pharmaceutically acceptable excipient”as used in the present application includes both one and more than onesuch excipient.

A “patient” or “host” or “subject” is a human or non-human animal inneed of modulation of the complement factor D pathway. Typically thehost is a human. A “patient” or “host” or “subject” also refers to forexample, mammals, primates (e.g., humans), cows, sheep, goats, horses,dogs, cats, rabbits, rats, mice, fish, birds and the like.

A “prodrug” as used herein, means a compound which when administered toa host in vivo is converted into a parent drug. As used herein, the term“parent drug” means any of the presently described chemical compoundsthat are useful to treat any of the disorders described herein, or tocontrol or improve the underlying cause or symptoms associated with anyphysiological or pathological disorder described herein in a host,typically a human. Prodrugs can be used to achieve any desired effect,including to enhance properties of the parent drug or to improve thepharmaceutic or pharmacokinetic properties of the parent. Prodrugstrategies exist which provide choices in modulating the conditions forin vivo generation of the parent drug, all of which are deemed includedherein. Nonlimiting examples of prodrug strategies include covalentattachment of removable groups, or removable portions of groups, forexample, but not limited to acylation, phosphorylation, phosphonylation,phosphoramidate derivatives, amidation, reduction, oxidation,esterification, alkylation, other carboxy derivatives, sulfoxy orsulfone derivatives, carbonylation or anhydride, among others.

“Providing a compound of Formula I with at least one additional activeagent” means the compound of Formula I and the additional activeagent(s) are provided simultaneously in a single dosage form, providedconcomitantly in separate dosage forms, or provided in separate dosageforms for administration separated by some amount of time that is withinthe time in which both the compound of Formula I and the at least oneadditional active agent are within the blood stream of a patient. Incertain embodiments the compound of Formula I and the additional activeagent need not be prescribed for a patient by the same medical careworker. In certain embodiments the additional active agent or agentsneed not require a prescription. Administration of the compound ofFormula I or the at least one additional active agent can occur via anyappropriate route, for example, oral tablets, oral capsules, oralliquids, inhalation, injection, suppositories or topical contact.

A “therapeutically effective amount” of a pharmaceuticalcomposition/combination of this invention means an amount effective,when administered to a patient, to provide a therapeutic benefit such asan amelioration of symptoms, e.g., an amount effective to decrease thesymptoms of a macular degeneration. In one embodiment, a therapeuticallyeffective amount is an amount sufficient to prevent a significantincrease or will significantly reduce the detectable level of complementfactor D in the patient's blood, serum, or tissues.

II. Detailed Description of the Active Compounds

According to the present invention, a compound of Formula I is provided:

as well as the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and compositionsthereof. Formula I can be considered to have a central core, an L-Bsubstituent, and a (C═O)A substituent. It has been discovered that acompound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt orcomposition thereof, wherein R¹² or R¹³ on the A group is a phosphonate,is a superior inhibitor of complement factor D, and therefore can beused as an effective amount to treat a host in need of complement factorD modulation.

Non-limiting examples of compounds falling within Formula I withvariations in the variables e.g., A, B, R¹-R^(3′), and L, areillustrated below. The disclosure includes all combinations of thesedefinitions so long as a stable compound results.

Formulas II-XXX

In one aspect, the disclosure includes compounds and salts of FormulaII, III, IV, V, VI, VII, VIII, IX, X, XI, XII, XIII, XIV, XV, XVI, XVII,XVIII, XIX, XX, XXI, XXII, XXIII, XXIV, XXV, XXVI, XXVII, XXVIII, XXIXand XXX which are within the scope of Formula I. The variables shown inFormula II-XXX carry the definitions set forth in the SUMMARY sectionfor Formula I or any of the definitions set forth in this disclosure.

In these embodiments, it should be understood that where R¹ or R³ isattached to a carbon, there can be two independent attachments as inR²/R^(2′) and these formulas should be considered to include all suchvariations.

Additionally, the disclosure includes compounds and salts of Formula Iand pharmaceutically acceptable compositions thereof, and any of itssubformulae (II-XXX) in which at least one of the following conditionsis met in the embodiments described below.

The R¹² and R¹³ Phosphonate Substituents

It has been discovered that a compound of Formula I, a pharmaceuticallyacceptable salt or composition thereof, wherein R¹² or R¹³ on the Agroup is a phosphonate, is a superior inhibitor of complement factor D.

One of R¹² and R¹³ is chosen from R³¹ and the other of R¹² and R¹³ ischosen from R³². In another embodiment, each of R¹² and R¹³ can beindependently selected from R³².

R³¹ is chosen from hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, amino,—COOH, C₁-C₂haloalkyl, C₁-C₂haloalkoxy, C₁-C₆alkyl,—C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl), C₂-C₆alkenyl, C₂-C₆alkanoyl, C₁-C₆alkoxy,C₂-C₆alkenyloxy, —C(O)OR⁹, C₁-C₆thioalkyl, —C₀-C₄alkylNR⁹R¹⁰,—C(O)NR⁹R¹⁰, —SO₂R⁹, —SO₂NR⁹R¹⁰, —OC(O)R⁹, and —C(NR⁹)NR⁹R¹⁰, each ofwhich R³¹ other than hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano,C₁-C₂haloalkyl, and C₁-C₂haloalkoxy is unsubstituted or substituted withone or more substituents independently selected from halogen, hydroxyl,nitro, cyano, amino, —COOH, —CONH₂ C₁-C₂haloalkyl, and C₁-C₂haloalkoxy,and each of which R³¹ is also optionally substituted with onesubstituent chosen from phenyl and 4- to 7-membered heterocyclecontaining 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S;which phenyl or 4- to 7-membered heterocycle is unsubstituted orsubstituted with one or more substituents independently chosen fromhalogen, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, C₁-C₆alkyl, C₂-C₆alkenyl,C₂-C₆alkanoyl, C₁-C₆alkoxy, (mono- and di-C₁-C₆alkylamino)C₀-C₄alkyl,C₁-C₆alkylester, —C₀-C₄alkyl)(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl), C₁-C₂haloalkyl, andC₁-C₂haloalkoxy;

R³² is —P(O)R²⁰R²⁰.

R²⁰ is independently chosen at each occurrence from hydroxyl,C₁-C₆alkoxy, C₁-C₆haloalkoxy, C₁-C₆alkyl, (C₃-C₇cycloalkyl)C₀-C₄alkyl-,(aryl)C₀-C₄alkyl-, —O—C₀-C₄alkyl(aryl), —O—C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl),(4- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl)C₀-C₄alkyl-O— having 1, 2, or 3heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S; (5- or 6-memberedunsaturated or aromatic heterocycle)C₀-C₄alkyl-O— having 1, 2, or 3heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S; —O(CH₂)₂₋₄O(CH₂)₈₋₁₈,—OC(R^(20a)) ₂₀C(O)OR^(20b), —OC(R^(20a))₂OC(O)R^(20b) an N-linked aminoacid or an N-linked amino acid ester and each R²⁰ can be optionallysubstituted;

R^(20a) is independently chosen at each occurrence from hydrogen,C₁-C₈alkyl, C₂-C₈alkenyl, C₂-C₈alkynyl, (aryl)C₀-C₄alkyl-,(aryl)C₂-C₈alkenyl- or (aryl)C₂-C₈alkynyl-; or

two R^(20a) groups can be taken together with the carbon that they arebonded to form a 3-6 membered heterocycloalkyl having 1, 2, or 3heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S, or a 3-6 memberedcarbocyclic ring.

R^(20b) is independently chosen at each occurrence from C₁-C₈alkyl,C₂-C₈alkenyl, C₂-C₈alkynyl, (aryl)C₀-C₄alkyl, (aryl)C₂-C₈alkenyl or(aryl)C₂-C₈alkynyl.

In certain embodiments, R³² is selected from:

In one embodiment, two R²⁰ groups in a P(O)R²⁰R²⁰ phosphonate can cometogether to form a heterocyclic ring that can be optionally substitutedwith an R¹⁰⁰ group, wherein R¹⁰⁰ is aryl, heteroaryl, hetercycle, alkyl,alkenyl, alkynyl and cycloalkyl. See for example: HepDirect (Cyclic1-aryl-1,3-propanyl esters) Prodrugs: Activation via CYP-mediatedoxidation of the benzylic carbon. See Hecker, S. J. et al. J. Med. Chem.2007, 50, 3891-3896.

Non-Limiting R¹²/R¹³ Embodiments

In one embodiment, R¹² is —P(O)R²⁰R²⁰.

In one embodiment, R¹³ is —P(O)R²⁰R²⁰.

In one embodiment, the disclosure provides compounds of Formula I,wherein;

one of R¹² and R¹³ is H and the other of R¹² and R¹³ is R³², where

R³² is —P(O)R²⁰R²⁰;

wherein R²⁰ is as defined in the summary section above.

In another embodiment, the disclosure provides compounds of Formula I,wherein;

R¹, R^(1′), R², and R^(3′) are all hydrogen;

R² is fluoro and R³ is hydrogen, —C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl), or—O—C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl);

R⁵ is hydrogen, halogen, or C₁-C₂alkyl;

R¹¹, R¹³, R¹⁴, and R¹⁵ if present, are independently chosen at eachoccurrence from hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, amino, C₁-C₄alkyl,C₁-C₄alkoxy, —C₀-C₂alkyl(mono- and di-C₁-C₂alkylamino), trifluoromethyl,and trifluoromethoxy;

X¹² is CR¹²; and

R¹² is —P(O)R²⁰R²⁰;

wherein R²⁰ is as defined in the summary section above.

In one embodiment, the disclosure provides compounds of Formula I,wherein;

m is 0 or 1;

R² is halogen, R^(2′) is hydrogen or halogen, and R³ is hydrogen,halogen, —C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl), or—O—C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl);

R⁶ is —C(O)C₁-C₄alkyl, —C(O)NH₂, —C(O)CF₃, —C(O)(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl), or-ethyl(cyanoimino);

one of R¹² and R¹³ is selected from hydrogen, halogen, C₁-C₄alkyl,C₁-C₄alkoxy, trifluoromethyl, and trifluoromethoxy; the other of R¹² andR¹³ is R³², where

R³² is —P(O)R²⁰R²⁰;

wherein R²⁰ is as defined in the summary section above.

In one embodiment, the disclosure provides compounds of Formula I,wherein;

one of R¹² and R¹³ is hydrogen, hydroxyl, halogen, methyl, or methoxy;and the other of R¹² and R¹³ is R³², where

R³² is —P(O)R²⁰R²⁰;

wherein R²⁰ is as defined in the summary section above.

In one embodiment, R³² may be unsubstituted or substituted with one ormore substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, nitro,cyano, amino, oxo, —B(OH)₂, —Si(CH₃)₃, —COOH, —CONH₂, —P(O)(OH)₂,C₁-C₆alkyl, C₁-C₆alkoxy, —C₀-C₂alkyl(mono- and di-C₁-C₄alkylamino),C₁-C₆alkylester, C₁-C₄alkylamino, C₁-C₄hydroxylalkyl, C₁-C₂haloalkyl,and C₁-C₂haloalkoxy.

Central Core Moiety

The central core moiety in Formula I is illustrated below:

wherein:

Q¹ is N(R¹) or C(R¹R^(1′));

Q² is C(R²R^(2′)), C(R²R^(2′))—C(R²R^(2′)), S, O, N(R²) or C(R²R^(2′))O;

Q³ is N(R³), S, or C(R³R^(3′));

X¹ and X² are independently N, CH, or CZ, or X¹ and X² together are C═C;and

wherein Q¹, Q², Q³, X¹, and X² are selected such that a stable compoundresults.

Non-limiting examples of the

ring are illustrated below (any of which can be otherwise substitutedwith R¹, R^(1′), R², R^(2′), R³, and R^(3′)) as described in more detailbelow.

wherein q is 0, 1, 2 or 3 and r is 1, 2 or 3.

R and R′ are independently chosen from H, alkyl, cycloalkyl,cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycle, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, aralkyl,heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl wherein each group can be optionallysubstituted or any other substituent group herein that provides thedesired properties. In some embodiments, the ring includes one or morechiral carbon atoms. The invention includes embodiments in which thechiral carbon can be provided as an enantiomer, or mixtures ofenantiomers, including a racemic mixture. Where the ring includes morethan one stereocenter, all of the enantiomers and diastereomers areincluded in the invention as individual species.

Z is F, Cl, NH₂, CH₃, CH₂D, CHD₂, or CD₃.

R¹, R^(1′), R², R^(2′), R³, and R^(3′) are independently chosen at eachoccurrence, as appropriate, and only where a stable compound results,from hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, amino, C₁-C₆alkyl,C₂-C₆alkenyl, C₂-C₆alkynyl, C₁-C₆alkoxy, C₂-C₆alkynyl, C₂-C₆alkanoyl,C₁-C₆thioalkyl, hydroxyC₁-C₆alkyl, aminoC₁-C₆alkyl, —C₀-C₄alkylNR⁹R¹⁰,—C(O)OR⁹, —OC(O)R⁹, —NR⁹C(O)R¹⁰, —C(O)NR⁹R¹⁰, —OC(O)NR⁹R¹⁰,—NR⁹C(O)OR¹⁰, C₁-C₂haloalkyl, and C₁-C₂haloalkoxy, where R⁹ and R¹⁰ areindependently chosen at each occurrence from hydrogen, C₁-C₆alkyl,(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl)C₀-C₄alkyl, —C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl), and—O—C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl).

Non-limiting Central Core Embodiments

In alternative embodiments, R¹ and R^(1′) or R³ and R^(3′) may be takentogether to form a 3- to 6-membered carbocyclic spiro ring or a 3- to6-membered heterocyclic spiro ring containing 1 or 2 heteroatomsindependently chosen from N, O, or S; R² and R^(2′) may be takentogether to form a 3- to 6-membered carbocyclic spiro ring; or R² andR^(2′) may be taken together to form a 3-to 6-membered heterocyclicspiro ring;

each of which ring may be unsubstituted or substituted with one or moresubstituents independently chosen from halogen (and in particular F),hydroxyl, cyano, —COOH, C₁-C₄alkyl (including in particular methyl),C₂-C₄alkenyl, C₂-C₄alkynyl, C₁-C₄alkoxy, C₂-C₄alkanoyl,hydroxyC₁-C₄alkyl, (mono- and di-C₁-C₄alkylamino)C₀-C₄alkyl,—C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl), —O—C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl),C₁-C₂haloalkyl, and C₁-C₂haloalkoxy.

In alternative embodiments, R¹ and R² may be taken together to form a3-membered carbocyclic ring; R¹ and R² may be taken together to form a4- to 6-membered carbocyclic or aryl ring or a 4- to 6-memberedheterocyclic or heteroaryl ring containing 1 or 2 heteroatomsindependently chosen from N, O, and S; or R² and R³, if bound toadjacent carbon atoms, may be taken together to form a 3- to 6-memberedcarbocyclic or aryl ring or a 3- to 6-membered heterocyclic orheteroaryl ring;

each of which ring may be unsubstituted or substituted with one or moresubstituents independently chosen from halogen (and in particular F),hydroxyl, cyano, —COOH, C₁-C₄alkyl (including in particular methyl),C₂-C₄alkenyl, C₂-C₄alkynyl, C₁-C₄alkoxy, C₂-C₄alkanoyl,hydroxyC₁-C₄alkyl, (mono- and di-C₁-C₄alkylamino)C₀-C₄alkyl,—C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl), —O—C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl),C₁-C₂haloalkyl, and C₁-C₂haloalkoxy.

In one embodiment, the central core moiety is proline.

In one embodiment, the central core moiety is 4-fluoroproline.

In one embodiment, R¹, R¹, R^(2′), R³, and R^(3′), if present, are allhydrogen; and R² is fluoro.

In one embodiment, R¹, R¹, R^(2′), and R^(3′), if present, are allhydrogen; and R² is fluoro and R³ is —C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl) or—O—C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl).

In one embodiment, R¹ and R² are taken together to form a 3- to6-membered cycloalkyl group, and R¹, R^(2′), R³, and R^(3′), wherepresent, are all hydrogen.

In one embodiment, R¹, R^(1′), R³, and R^(3′), if present, are allhydrogen, and R² and R^(2′) are taken together to form a 5- or6-membered heterocycloalkyl group having 1 or 2 oxygen atoms.

In one embodiment, R¹ is hydrogen and R² is fluoro.

In one embodiment, R¹ and R² are joined to form a 3 membered ring.

The disclosure includes compounds of Formula I in which the centralpyrrolidine is vinyl substituted, for example:

In one embodiment, the compound of Formula I has the structure:

In one embodiment, the central pyrrolidine is modified by addition of asecond heteroatom to a pyrrolidine ring, such as N, O, S, or Si, forexample:

Another modification within the scope of the disclosure is joining asubstituent on the central pyrrolidine ring to R⁷ or R⁸ to form a 5- to6-membered heterocyclic ring, for example:

Example compounds having the modifications disclosed above include:

Central Core L-B Substituents

The central core L-B substituents in Formula I are illustrated below:

L is a bond or is chosen from the formulas:

where R¹⁷ is hydrogen, C₁-C₆alkyl, or —C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl) andR¹⁸ and R^(18′) are independently chosen from hydrogen, halogen,hydroxymethyl, and methyl; and m is 0, 1, 2, or 3.

B is a monocyclic or bicyclic carbocyclic; a monocyclic or bicycliccarbocyclic-oxy group; a monocyclic, bicyclic, or tricyclic heterocyclicgroup having 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O,and S and from 4 to 7 ring atoms per ring; C₂-C₆alkenyl; C₂-C₆alkynyl;—(C₀-C₄alkyl)(aryl); —(C₀-C₄alkyl)(heteroaryl); or—(C₀-C₄alkyl)(biphenyl).

Each of which B is unsubstituted or substituted with one or moresubstituents independently chosen from R³³ and R³⁴, and 0 or 1substituents chosen from R³⁵ and R³⁶:

R³³ is independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, —COOH, cyano,C₁-C₆alkyl, C₂-C₆alkanoyl, C₁-C₆alkoxy, —C₀-C₄alkylNR⁹R¹⁰, —SO₂R⁹,C₁-C₂haloalkyl, and C₁-C₂haloalkoxy;

R³⁴ is independently chosen from nitro, C₂-C₆alkenyl, C₂-C₆alkynyl,C₁-C₆thioalkyl, -JC₃-C₇cycloalkyl, —B(OH)₂, -JC(O)NR⁹R²³, -JOSO²⁰R²¹,—C(O)(CH₂)₁₋₄S(O)R²¹, —O(CH₂)₁₋₄S(O)NR²¹R²², -JOP(O)(OR²¹)(OR²²),-JP(O)(OR²¹)(OR²²), -JOP(O)(OR²¹)R²², -JP(O)(OR²¹)R²², -JOP(O)R²¹R²²,-JP(O)R²¹R²², -JSP(O)(OR²¹)(OR²²), -JSP(O)(OR²¹)(R²²),-JSP(O)(R²¹)(R²²), -JNR⁹P(O)(NHR²¹)(NHR²²) -JNR⁹P(O)(OR²¹)(NHR²²)-JNR⁹P(O)(OR²¹)(OR²²), -JC(S)R²¹, -JNR²¹SO₂R²², -JNR⁹S(O)NROR²²,-JNR⁹SO₂NR¹⁰R²², -JSO₂NR⁹COR²², -JSO₂NR⁹CONR²¹R²², -JNR²¹SO₂R²²,-JC(O)NR²¹SO₂R²², -JC(NH₂)NR²², -JC(NH₂)NR⁹S(O)₂R²², -JOC(O)NR²¹R²¹R²²,-JNR²¹C(O)OR²², -JNR²¹OC(O)R²², —(CH₂)₁₋₄C(O)NR²¹R²², -JC(O)R²⁴R²⁵,-JNR⁹C(O)R²¹, -JC(O)R²¹, -JNR⁹C(O)NR¹⁰R²², —CCR²¹, —(CH₂)₁₋₄OC(O)R²¹,and -JC(O)OR²³; each of which R³⁴ may be unsubstituted or substitutedwith one or more substituents independently chosen from halogen,hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, amino, oxo, —B(OH)₂, —Si(CH₃)₃, —COOH, —CONH₂,—P(O)(OH)₂, C₁-C₆alkyl, —C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl), C₁-C₆alkoxy,—C₀-C₂alkyl(mono- and di-C₁-C₄alkylamino), C₁-C₆alkylester,C₁-C₄alkylamino, C₁-C₄hydroxylalkyl, C₁-C₂haloalkyl, andC₁-C₂haloalkoxy;

R³⁵ is independently chosen from naphthyl, naphthyloxy, indanyl, (4- to7-membered heterocycloalkyl)C₀-C₄alkyl containing 1 or 2 heteroatomschosen from N, O, and S, and bicyclic heterocycle containing 1, 2, or 3heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S, and containing 4- to7-ring atoms in each ring; each of which R³⁵ is unsubstituted orsubstituted with one or more substituents independently chosen fromhalogen, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, C₁-C₆alkyl, C₂-C₆alkenyl,C₂-C₆alkanoyl, C₁-C₆alkoxy, (mono- and di-C₁-C₆alkylamino)C₀-C₄alkyl,C₁-C₆alkylester, —C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl), —SO₂R⁹, C₁-C₂haloalkyl,and C₁-C₂haloalkoxy; and

R³⁶ is independently chosen from tetrazolyl, (phenyl)C₀-C₂alkyl,(phenyl)C₁-C₂alkoxy, phenoxy, and 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl containing1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, B, and S, each ofwhich R³⁶ is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituentsindependently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, C₁-C₆alkyl,C₂-C₆alkenyl, C₂-C₆alkanoyl, C₁-C₆alkoxy, (mono- anddi-C₁-C₆alkylamino)C₀-C₄alkyl, C₁-C₆alkylester,—C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl), —SO₂R⁹, —OSi(CH₃)₂C(CH₃)₃,—Si(CH₃)₂C(CH₃)₃, C₁-C₂haloalkyl, and C₁-C₂haloalkoxy.

J is independently chosen at each occurrence from a covalent bond,C₁-C₄alkylene, —OC₁-C₄alkylene, C₂-C₄alkenylene, and C₂-C₄alkynylene.

In one embodiment, -L-B— is

whereR²⁶ and R²⁷ are independently chosen from hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl,nitro, cyano, C₁-C₆alkyl, C₂-C₆alkenyl, C₂-C₆alkanoyl, C₁-C₆alkoxy,C₁-C₆thioalkyl, —C₀-C₄alkyl(mono- and di-C₁-C₆alkylamino),—C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl), —C₀-C₄alkoxy(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl),C₁-C₂haloalkyl, C₁-C₂haloalkoxy, and C₁-C₂haloalkylthio.

Non-Limiting L-B Embodiments

In another embodiment, -L-B— is

wherein

R¹⁸ and R^(18′) are independently chosen from hydrogen, halogen,hydroxymethyl, and methyl; and m is 0 or 1; and

R²⁶, R²⁷, and R²⁸ are independently chosen from hydrogen, halogen,hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, C₁-C₆alkyl, C₂-C₆alkenyl, C₂-C₆alkanoyl,C₁-C₆alkoxy, C₁-C₆thioalkyl, (mono- and di-C₁-C₆alkylamino)C₀-C₄alkyl,(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl)C₀-C₄alkyl, (aryl)C₀-C₄alkyl-, (heteroaryl)C₀-C₄alkyl-,and —C₀-C₄alkoxy(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl); each of which R²⁶, R²⁷, and R²⁸ otherthan hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, is unsubstituted orsubstituted with one or more substituents independently chosen fromhalogen, hydroxyl, amino, C₁-C₂alkoxy, C₁-C₂haloalkyl,(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl)C₀-C₄alkyl-, and C₁-C₂haloalkoxy; and

R²⁹ is hydrogen, C₁-C₂alkyl, C₁C₂haloalkyl or —Si(CH₃)₂C(CH₃)₃.

In one embodiment, m is 0.

In one embodiment, the disclosure further includes compounds and saltsof Formula I in which B is 2-fluoro-3-chlorophenyl. In anotherembodiment, another carbocyclic, aryl, heterocyclic, or heteroaryl groupsuch as 2-bromo-pyridin-6-yl, 1-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-1H-pyrazol-3-yl,2,2-dichlorocyclopropylmethyl, or 2-fluoro-3-trimethylsilylphenyl isused.

In another embodiment, B is phenyl, pyridyl, or indanyl each of which isunsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituents independentlychosen from hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, C₁-C₆alkyl,C₂-C₆alkenyl, C₂-C₆alkanoyl, C₁-C₆alkoxy, C₁-C₆thioalkyl, (mono- anddi-C₁-C₆alkylamino)C₀-C₄alkyl, (C₃-C₇cycloalkyl)C₀-C₄alkyl,—C₀-C₄alkoxy(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl), (phenyl)C₀-C₂alkyl, (pyridyl)C₀-C₂alkyl;each of which substituents other than hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl,nitro, cyano, is unsubstituted or substituted with one or moresubstituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, amino,C₁-C₂alkyl, C₁-C₂alkoxy, —OSi(CH₃)₂C(CH₃)₃, —Si(CH₃)₂C(CH₃)₃,C₁-C₂haloalkyl, and C₁-C₂haloalkoxy.

In another embodiment, B is phenyl or pyridyl substituted with 1, 2, or3 substituents chosen from chloro, bromo, hydroxyl, —SCF₃, C₁-C₂alkyl,C₁-C₂alkoxy, trifluoromethyl, phenyl and trifluoromethoxy each of whichsubstituents other than chloro, bromo, hydroxyl, —SCF₃, can beoptionally substituted.

In certain embodiments, B is a 2-fluoro-3-chlorophenyl or a2-fluoro-3-trifluoromethoxyphenyl group.

In one embodiment, B is pyridyl, optionally substituted with halogen,C₁-C₂alkoxy, and trifluoromethyl.

In one embodiment, B is phenyl, substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituentsindependently selected from halogen, C₁-C₂alkyl, C₁-C₂alkoxy,trifluoromethyl, and optionally substituted phenyl.

In one embodiment, R²³ is independently chosen at each occurrence from(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl)C₀-C₄alkyl, (phenyl)C₀-C₄alkyl, (4- to 7-memberedheterocycloalkyl)C₀-C₄alkyl having 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms independentlychosen from N, O, and S, and (5- or 6-membered unsaturated or aromaticheterocycle)C₀-C₄alkyl having 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms independentlychosen from N, O, and S.

In one embodiment, B is selected from

wherein R²⁷ hydrogen, methyl, trifluoromethyl, or —Si(CH₃)₂C(CH₃)₃.

Central Core (C═O)A Substituent

The central core (C═O)A substituent in Formula I is illustrated below:

A is a group chosen from:

R⁴ is chosen from —CHO, —CONH₂, C₂-C₆alkanoyl, hydrogen, —SO₂NH₂,—C(CH₂)₂F, —CH(CF₃)NH₂, C₁-C₆alkyl, —C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl),—C(O)C₀-C₂alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl),

each of which R⁴ other than hydrogen, —CHO, and —CONH₂, is unsubstitutedor substituted with one or more of amino, imino, halogen, hydroxyl,cyano, cyanoimino, C₁-C₂alkyl, C₁-C₂alkoxy, —C₀-C₂alkyl(mono- anddi-C₁-C₄alkylamino), C₁-C₂haloalkyl, and C₁-C₂haloalkoxy.

R⁵ and R⁶ are independently chosen from —CHO, —C(O)NH₂, —C(O)NH(CH₃),C₂-C₆alkanoyl, hydrogen, hydroxyl, halogen, cyano, nitro, —COOH,—SO₂NH₂, vinyl, C₁-C₆alkyl (including methyl), C₂-C₆alkenyl,C₁-C₆alkoxy, —C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl),—C(O)C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl), —P(O)(OR⁹)₂, —OC(O)R⁹, —C(O)OR⁹,—C(O)N(CH₂CH₂R⁹)(R¹⁰), —NR⁹C(O)R¹⁰, phenyl, or 5- to 6-memberedheteroaryl.

Each R⁵ and R⁶ other than hydrogen, hydroxyl, cyano, and —COOH isunsubstituted or optionally substituted. For example, R⁵ and R⁶ otherthan hydrogen, hydroxyl, cyano, and —COOH may be substituted with one ormore substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, amino,imino, cyano, cyanoimino, C₁-C₂alkyl, C₁-C₄alkoxy, —C₀-C₂alkyl(mono- anddi-C₁-C₄alkylamino), C₁-C₂haloalkyl, and C₁-C₂haloalkoxy.

R^(6′) is hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, C₁-C₄alkyl,—C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl), or C₁-C₄alkoxy; or R⁶ and R^(6′) may betaken together to form an oxo, vinyl, or imino group.

R⁷ is hydrogen, C₁-C₆alkyl, or —C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl).

R⁸ and R^(8′) are independently chosen from hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl,C₁-C₆alkyl, —C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl), C₁-C₆alkoxy, and(C₁-C₄alkylamino)C₀-C₂alkyl; or R⁸ and R^(8′) are taken together to forman oxo group; or R⁸ and R^(8′) can be taken together with the carbonthat they are bonded to form a 3-membered carbocyclic ring.

R¹⁶ is absent or may include one or more substituents independentlychosen from halogen, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, C₁-C₆alkyl, C₂-C₆alkenyl,C₂-C₆alkanoyl, C₁-C₆alkoxy, —C₀-C₄alkyl(mono- and di-C₁-C₆alkylamino),—C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl), C₁-C₂haloalkyl, and C₁-C₂haloalkoxy.

R¹⁹ is hydrogen, C₁-C₆alkyl, C₂-C₆alkenyl, C₂-C₆alkanoyl,—SO₂C₁-C₆alkyl, (mono- and di-C₁-C₆alkylamino)C₁-C₄alkyl,—C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl), —C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇heterocycloalkyl),—C₀-C₄alkyl(aryl), C₀-C₄alkyl(heteroaryl), and wherein R¹⁹ other thanhydrogen is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituentsindependently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, amino, —COOH, and—C(O)OC₁-C₄alkyl.

X¹¹ is N or CR¹¹.

X¹² is N or CR¹².

X¹³ is N or CR¹³.

X¹⁴ is N or CR¹⁴.

No more than 2 of X¹¹, X¹², X¹³, and X¹⁴ are N.

R¹¹, R¹⁴, and R¹⁵ are independently chosen at each occurrence fromhydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, —O(PO)(OR⁹)₂, —(PO)(OR⁹)₂,C₁-C₆alkyl, C₂-C₆alkenyl, C₂-C₆alkynyl, C₂-C₆alkenyl(aryl),C₂-C₆alkenyl(cycloalkyl), C₂-C₆alkenyl(heterocycle),C₂-C₆alkenyl(heteroaryl), C₂-C₆alkynyl, C₂-C₆alkynyl(aryl),C₂-C₆alkynyl(cycloalkyl), C₂-C₆alkynyl(heterocycle),C₂-C₆alkynyl(heteroaryl), C₂-C₆alkanoyl, C₁-C₆alkoxy, C₁-C₆thioalkyl,—C₀-C₄alkyl(mono- and di-C₁-C₆alkylamino), —C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl),—C₀-C₄alkoxy(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl), C₁-C₂haloalkyl, and C₁-C₂haloalkoxy.

In one embodiment, R⁵ and R⁶ are independently chosen from —CHO,—C(O)NH₂, —C(O)NH(CH₃), C₂-C₆alkanoyl, and hydrogen.

In one embodiment, each R⁵ and R⁶ other than hydrogen, hydroxyl, cyano,and —COOH is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituentsindependently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, amino, imino, cyano,cyanoimino, C₁-C₂alkyl, C₁-C₄alkoxy, —C₀-C₂alkyl(mono- anddi-C₁-C₄alkylamino), C₁-C₂haloalkyl, and C₁-C₂haloalkoxy.

In one embodiment, R⁸ and R^(8′) are independently hydrogen or methyl.

In one embodiment, R⁸ and R^(8′) are hydrogen.

In one embodiment, R⁷ is hydrogen or methyl.

In one embodiment, R⁷ is hydrogen.

Embodiments of Formulas IA, IB, IC, and ID

To further illustrate the invention, various embodiments of Formula IA,IB, IC and ID are provided. These are presented by way of example toshow some of the variations among presented compounds within theinvention and can be applied to any of the Formulas I-XXX.

In one aspect, this disclosure includes compounds and salts of FormulaIA:

whereR⁶, R¹³, and B may carry any of the definitions set forth herein forthis variable.

In another aspect, this disclosure includes compounds and salts ofFormula IB, IC, and ID.

In Formulas IA, IB, IC, and ID, the variables may include any of thedefinitions set forth herein that results in a stable compound. Incertain embodiments, the following conditions apply for Formula IB andIC.

In some embodiments, structures are provided including Formulas IB andIC, wherein m=0, R¹ is H, R² is F, R⁶ is alkanoyl, R¹² is R³², R³² is—P(O)R²⁰R²⁰, R¹³ is H, and B is heteroaryl.

In some embodiments, structures are provided including Formulas IB andIC, wherein m=0, R¹ and R² are joined to form a 3 membered ring, R⁶ isalkanoyl, R¹² is R³², R³² is —P(O)R²⁰R²⁰, R¹³ is H, and B is heteroaryl.

In some embodiments, structures are provided including Formulas IB andIC, wherein m=0, R¹ is H, R² is F, R⁶ is amide, R¹² is R³², R³² is—P(O)R²⁰R²⁰, R¹³ is H, and B is heteroaryl.

In some embodiments, structures are provided including Formulas IB andIC, wherein m=0, R¹ and R² are joined to form a 3 membered ring, R⁶ isamide, R¹² is R³², R³² is —P(O)R²⁰R²⁰, R¹³ is H, and B is heteroaryl.

In some embodiments, structures are provided including Formulas IB andIC, wherein m=0, R¹ is H, R² is F, R⁶ is alkanoyl, R¹² is H, R¹³ is R³²,R³² is —P(O)R²⁰R²⁰, and B is heteroaryl.

In some embodiments, structures are provided including Formulas IB andIC, wherein m=0, R¹ and R² are joined to form a 3 membered ring, R⁶ isalkanoyl, R¹² is H, R¹³ is R³², R³² is —P(O)R²⁰R²⁰, and B is heteroaryl.

In some embodiments, structures are provided including Formulas IB andIC, wherein m=0, R¹ is H, R² is F, R⁶ is amide, R¹² is H, R¹³ is R³²,R³² is —P(O)R²⁰R²⁰, and B is heteroaryl.

In some embodiments, structures are provided including Formulas IB andIC, wherein m=0, R¹ and R² are joined to form a 3 membered ring, R⁶ isamide, R¹² is H,R¹³ is R³², R³² is —P(O)R²⁰R²⁰, and B is heteroaryl.

In some embodiments, structures are provided including Formulas IB andIC, wherein m=0, R¹ is H, R² is F, R⁶ is alkanoyl, R¹² is R³², R³² is—P(O)R²⁰R²⁰, R¹³ is H, and B is phenyl.

In some embodiments, structures are provided including Formulas IB andIC, wherein m=0, R¹ and R² are joined to form a 3 membered ring, R⁶ isalkanoyl, R¹² is R³², R³² is —P(O)R²⁰R²⁰, R¹³ is H, and B is phenyl.

In some embodiments, structures are provided including Formulas IB andIC, wherein m=0, R¹ is H, R² is F, R⁶ is amide, R¹² is R³², R³² is—P(O)R²⁰R²⁰, R¹³ is H, and B is phenyl.

In some embodiments, structures are provided including Formulas IB andIC, wherein m=0, R¹ and R² are joined to form a 3 membered ring, R⁶ isamide, R¹² is R³², R³² is —P(O)R²⁰R²⁰, R¹³ is H, and B is phenyl.

In some embodiments, structures are provided including Formulas IB andIC, wherein m=0, R¹ is H, R² is F, R⁶ is alkanoyl, R¹² is H, R¹³ is R³²,R³² is —P(O)R²⁰R²⁰, and B is phenyl.

In some embodiments, structures are provided including Formulas IB andIC, wherein m=0, R¹ and R² are joined to form a 3 membered ring, R⁶ isalkanoyl, R¹² is H, R¹³ is R³², R³² is —P(O)R²⁰R²⁰, and B is phenyl.

In some embodiments, structures are provided including Formulas IB andIC, wherein m=0, R¹ is H, R² is F, R⁶ is amide, R¹² is H, R¹³ is R³²,R³² is —P(O)R²⁰R²⁰, and B is phenyl.

In some embodiments, structures are provided including Formulas IB andIC, wherein m=0, R¹ and R² are joined to form a 3 membered ring, R⁶ isamide, R¹² is H, R¹³ is R³², R³² is —P(O)R²⁰R²⁰, and B is phenyl.

In some embodiments, structures are provided including Formulas IB andIC, wherein m=1, R¹ is H, R² is F, R⁶ is alkanoyl, R¹² is R³², R³² is—P(O)R²⁰R²⁰, R¹³ is H, and B is heteroaryl.

In some embodiments, structures are provided including Formulas IB andIC, wherein m=1, R¹ and R² are joined to form a 3 membered ring, R⁶ isalkanoyl, R¹² is R³², R³² is —P(O)R²⁰R²⁰, R¹³ is H, and B is heteroaryl.

In some embodiments, structures are provided including Formulas IB andIC, wherein m=1, R¹ is H, R² is F, R⁶ is amide, R¹² is R³², R³² is—P(O)R²⁰R²⁰, R¹³ is H, and B is heteroaryl.

In some embodiments, structures are provided including Formulas IB andIC, wherein m=1, R¹ and R² are joined to form a 3 membered ring, R⁶ isamide, R¹² is R³², R³² is —P(O)R²⁰R²⁰, R¹³ is H, and B is heteroaryl.

In some embodiments, structures are provided including Formulas IB andIC, wherein m=1, R¹ is H, R² is F, R⁶ is alkanoyl, R¹² is H, R¹³ is R³²,R³² is —P(O)R²⁰R²⁰, and B is heteroaryl.

In some embodiments, structures are provided including Formulas IB andIC, wherein m=1, R¹ and R² are joined to form a 3 membered ring, R⁶ isalkanoyl, R¹² is H, R¹³ is R³², R³² is —P(O)R²⁰R²⁰, and B is heteroaryl.

In some embodiments, structures are provided including Formulas IB andIC, wherein m=1, R¹ is H, R² is F, R⁶ is amide, R¹² is H, R¹³ is R³²,R³² is —P(O)R²⁰R²⁰, and B is heteroaryl.

In some embodiments, structures are provided including Formulas IB andIC, wherein m=1, R¹ and R² are joined to form a 3 membered ring, R⁶ isamide, R¹² is H, R¹³ is R³², R³² is —P(O)R²⁰R²⁰, and B is heteroaryl.

In some embodiments, structures are provided including Formulas IB andIC, wherein m=1, R¹ is H, R² is F, R⁶ is alkanoyl, R¹² is R³², R³² is—P(O)R²⁰R²⁰, R¹³ is H, and B is phenyl.

In some embodiments, structures are provided including Formulas IB andIC, wherein m=1, R¹ and R² are joined to form a 3 membered ring, R⁶ isalkanoyl, R¹² is R³², R³² is —P(O)R²⁰R²⁰, R¹³ is H, and B is phenyl.

In some embodiments, structures are provided including Formulas IB andIC, wherein m=1, R¹ is H, R² is F, R⁶ is amide,R¹² is R³², R³² is—P(O)R²⁰R²⁰, R¹³ is H, and B is phenyl.

In some embodiments, structures are provided including Formulas IB andIC, wherein m=1, R¹ and R² are joined to form a 3 membered ring, R⁶ isamide, R¹² is R³², R³² is —P(O)R²⁰R²⁰, R¹³ is H, and B is phenyl.

In some embodiments, structures are provided including Formulas IB andIC, wherein m=1, R¹ is H, R² is F, R⁶ is alkanoyl, R¹² is H, R¹³ is R³²,R³² is —P(O)R²⁰R²⁰, and B is phenyl.

In some embodiments, structures are provided including Formulas IB andIC, wherein m=1, R¹ and R² are joined to form a 3 membered ring, R⁶ isalkanoyl, R¹² is H, R¹³ is R³², R³² is —P(O)R²⁰R²⁰, and B is phenyl.

In some embodiments, structures are provided including Formulas IB andIC, wherein m=1, R¹ is H, R² is F, R⁶ is amide, R¹² is H, R¹³ is R³²,R³² is —P(O)R²⁰R²⁰, and B is phenyl.

In some embodiments, structures are provided including Formulas IB andIC, wherein m=1, R¹ and R² are joined to form a 3 membered ring, R⁶ isamide, R¹² is H, R¹³ is R³², R³² is —P(O)R²⁰R²⁰, and B is phenyl.

In the above embodiments, structures are provided including Formulas IBand IC, wherein R²⁰ is independently chosen at each occurrence fromhydroxyl, C₁-C₆alkoxy, C₁-C₆haloalkoxy, C₁-C₆alkyl,(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl)C₀-C₄alkyl-, (aryl)C₀-C₄alkyl-, —O—C₀-C₄alkyl(aryl),—O—C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl), (4- to 7-memberedheterocycloalkyl)C₀-C₄alkyl-O— having 1, 2, or 3 heteroatomsindependently chosen from N, O, and S; (5- or 6-membered unsaturated oraromatic heterocycle)C₀-C₄alkyl-O— having 1, 2, or 3 heteroatomsindependently chosen from N, O, and S; —O(CH₂)₂₋₄O(CH₂)₈₋₁₈,—OC(R^(20a))₂OC(O)OR^(20b), —OC(R^(20a))₂OC(O)R^(20b), an N-linked aminoacid or an N-linked amino acid ester and each R²⁰ can be optionallysubstituted;

R^(20a) is independently chosen at each occurrence from hydrogen,C₁-C₈alkyl, C₂-C₈alkenyl, C₂-C₈alkynyl, (aryl)C₀-C₄alkyl-,(aryl)C₂-C₈alkenyl- or (aryl)C₂-C₈alkynyl-; or

two R^(20a) groups can be taken together with the carbon that they arebonded to form a 3-6 membered heterocycloalkyl having 1, 2, or 3heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S, or a 3-6 memberedcarbocyclic ring.

R^(20b) is independently chosen at each occurrence from C₁-C₈alkyl,C₂-C₈alkenyl, C₂-C₈alkynyl, (aryl)C₀-C₄alkyl, (aryl)C₂-C₈alkenyl or(aryl)C₂-C₈alkynyl.

Embodiments of Formula VII

To further illustrate the invention, various embodiments of Formula VII.In one aspect, the disclosure includes compounds and salts of FormulaVII:

wherein:

R¹, R², R^(2′), and R³ are independently chosen from hydrogen, halogen,C₁-C₄alkyl, C₁-C₄alkoxy, —C₀-C₂alkylNR⁹R¹⁰,—C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl), —O—C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl),C₁-C₂haloalkyl, and C₁-C₂haloalkoxy;

R⁸ and R^(8′) are independently chosen from hydrogen, halogen, andmethyl;

R⁵ is hydrogen, hydroxyl, cyano, —COOH, C₁-C₆alkyl, C₁-C₆alkoxy,C₂-C₆alkanoyl —C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl),—C(O)C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl, C₁-C₂haloalkyl, or C₁-C₂haloalkoxy;

R⁶ is —C(O)CH₃, —C(O)NH₂, —C(O)CF₃, —C(O)(cyclopropyl), or-ethyl(cyanoimino); and

R¹¹ and R¹⁴ are independently chosen from hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl,amino, nitro, cyano, C₁-C₆alkyl, C₂-C₆alkenyl, C₂-C₆alkanoyl,C₁-C₆alkoxy, C₁-C₆thioalkyl, —C₀-C₄alkyl(mono- and di-C₁-C₆alkylamino),—C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl), —OC₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl),C₁-C₂haloalkyl, and C₁-C₂haloalkoxy.

III. Pharmaceutical Preparations

Compounds disclosed herein can be administered as the neat chemical, butcan also administered as a pharmaceutical composition, that includes aneffective amount for a host in need of treatment of the selectedcompound of Formula I, as described herein. Accordingly, the disclosureprovides pharmaceutical compositions comprising an effective amount ofcompound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of Formula I, together withat least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. The pharmaceuticalcomposition may contain a compound or salt of Formula I as the onlyactive agent, or, in an alternative embodiment, Formula I and at leastone additional active agent. In certain embodiments the pharmaceuticalcomposition is in a dosage form that contains from about 0.1 mg to about2000 mg, from about 10 mg to about 1000 mg, from about 100 mg to about800 mg, or from about 200 mg to about 600 mg of a compound of Formula Iand optionally from about 0.1 mg to about 2000 mg, from about 10 mg toabout 1000 mg, from about 100 mg to about 800 mg, or from about 200 mgto about 600 mg of an additional active agent in a unit dosage form.Examples are dosage forms with at least 25, 50, 100, 200, 250, 300, 400,500, 600, 700, or 750 mg of active compound, or its salt. Thepharmaceutical composition may also include a molar ratio of a compoundof Formula I and an additional active agent. For example thepharmaceutical composition may contain a molar ratio of about 0.5:1,about 1:1, about 2:1, about 3:1 or from about 1.5:1 to about 4:1 of ananother anti-inflammatory agent.

Compounds disclosed herein may be administered orally, topically,parenterally, by inhalation or spray, sublingually, via implant,including ocular implant, transdermally, via buccal administration,rectally, as an ophthalmic solution, injection, including ocularinjection, intraveneous, intra-aortal, intracranial, or by other means,in dosage unit formulations containing conventional pharmaceuticallyacceptable carriers. The pharmaceutical composition may be formulated asany pharmaceutically useful form, e.g., as an aerosol, a cream, a gel, apill, a capsule, a tablet, a syrup, a transdermal patch, or anophthalmic solution. Some dosage forms, such as tablets and capsules,are subdivided into suitably sized unit doses containing appropriatequantities of the active components, e.g., an effective amount toachieve the desired purpose.

Carriers include excipients and diluents and must be of sufficientlyhigh purity and sufficiently low toxicity to render them suitable foradministration to the patient being treated. The carrier can be inert orit can possess pharmaceutical benefits of its own. The amount of carrieremployed in conjunction with the compound is sufficient to provide apractical quantity of material for administration per unit dose of thecompound.

Classes of carriers include, but are not limited to binders, bufferingagents, coloring agents, diluents, disintegrants, emulsifiers,flavorants, glidents, lubricants, preservatives, stabilizers,surfactants, tableting agents, and wetting agents. Some carriers may belisted in more than one class, for example vegetable oil may be used asa lubricant in some formulations and a diluent in others. Exemplarypharmaceutically acceptable carriers include sugars, starches,celluloses, powdered tragacanth, malt, gelatin; talc, and vegetableoils. Optional active agents may be included in a pharmaceuticalcomposition, which do not substantially interfere with the activity ofthe compound of the present invention.

The pharmaceutical compositions/combinations can be formulated for oraladministration. These compositions can contain any amount of activecompound for Formula I that achieves the desired result, for examplebetween 0.1 and 99 weight % (wt. %) of a compound of Formula I andusually at least about 5 wt. % of a compound of Formula I. Someembodiments contain from about 25 wt. % to about 50 wt. % or from about5 wt. % to about 75 wt. % of the compound of Formula I.

The complement factor D inhibitors of the present invention can beadministered, for example, either systemically or locally. Systemicadministration includes, for example, oral, transdermal, subdermal,intraperitioneal, subcutaneous, transnasal, sublingual, or rectal. Localadministration for ocular administration includes: topical,intravitreal, periocular, transscleral, retrobulbar, juxtascleral,sub-tenon, or via an intraocular device. The inhibitors may be deliveredvia a sustained delivery device implanted intravitreally ortranssclerally, or by other known means of local ocular delivery.

IV. Methods of Treatment

The compounds and pharmaceutical compositions disclosed herein areuseful for treating or preventing a disorder that is mediated by thecomplement pathway, and in particular, a pathway that is modulated bycomplement factor D. In certain embodiments, the disorder is aninflammatory disorder, an immune disorder, an autoimmune disorder, orcomplement factor D related disorders in a host. In one embodiment, thedisorder is an ocular disorder. Complement mediated disorders that maybe treated or prevented by the compounds and compositions of thisdisclosure include, but are not limited to, inflammatory effects ofsepsis, systemic inflammatory response syndrome (SIRS),ischemia/reperfusion injury (I/R injury), psoriasis, myasthenia gravis,system lupus erythematosus (SLE), paroxysmal nocturnal hemoglobinuria(PNH), hereditary angioedema, multiple sclerosis, trauma, burn injury,capillary leak syndrome, obesity, diabetes, Alzheimer's dementia,stroke, schizophrenia, epilepsy, age-related macular degeneration,glaucoma, diabetic retinopathy, asthma, allergy, acute respiratorydistress syndrome (ARDS), atypical hemolytic uremic syndrome (aHUS),hemolytic uremic syndrome (HUS), cystic fibrosis, myocardial infarction,lupus nephritides, Crohn's disease, rheumatoid arthritis,atherosclerosis, transplant rejection, prevention of fetal loss,biomaterial reactions (e.g. in hemodialysis, inplants), C3glomerulonephritis, abdominal aortic aneurysm, neuromyelitis optica(NMO), vasculitis, neurological disorders, Guillain Barre Syndrome,traumatic brain injury, Parkinson's disease, disorders of inappropriateor undesirable complement activation, hemodialysis complications,hyperacute allograft rejection, xenograft rejection, interleukin-2induced toxicity during IL-2 therapy, inflammatory disorders,inflammation of autoimmune diseases, adult respiratory distresssyndrome, thermal injury including burns or frostbite, myocarditis,post-ischemic reperfusion conditions, balloon angioplasty, post-pumpsyndrome in cardiopulmonary bypass or renal bypass, hemodialysis, renalischemia, mesenteric artery reperfusion after aortic reconstruction,immune complex disorders and autoimmune diseases, SLE nephritis,proliferative nephritis, liver fibrosis, hemolytic anemia, tissueregeneration and neural regeneration. In addition, other knowncomplement related disease are lung disease and disorders such asdyspnea, hemoptysis, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD),emphysema, pulmonary embolisms and infarcts, pneumonia, fibrogenic dustdiseases, inert dusts and minerals (e.g., silicon, coal dust, beryllium,and asbestos), pulmonary fibrosis, organic dust diseases, chemicalinjury (due to irritant gases and chemicals, e.g., chlorine, phosgene,sulfur dioxide, hydrogen sulfide, nitrogen dioxide, ammonia, andhydrochloric acid), smoke injury, thermal injury (e.g., burn, freeze),bronchoconstriction, hypersensitivity pneumonitis, parasitic diseases,Goodpasture's Syndrome, pulmonary vasculitis, Pauci-immune vasculitis,immune complex-associated inflammation, uveitis (including Behcet'sdisease and other sub-types of uveitis), antiphospholipid syndrome,arthritis, autoimmune heart disease, inflammatory bowel disease,ischemia-reperfusion injuries, Barraquer-Simons Syndrome, hemodialysis,systemic lupus, lupus erythematosus, transplantation, diseases of thecentral nervous system and other neurodegenerative conditions,glomerulonephritis (including membrane proliferativeglomerulonephritis), blistering cutaneous diseases (including bullouspemphigoid, pemphigus, and epidermolysis bullosa), ocular cicatricalpemphigoid, MPGN II, uveitis, adult macular degeneration, diabeticretinopathy, retinitis pigmentosa, macular edema, Behcet's uveitis,multifocal choroiditis, Vogt-Koyangi-Harada syndrome, imtermediateuveitis, birdshot retino-chorioditis, sympathetic ophthalmia, oculardicatricial pemphigoid, ocular pemphigus, nonartertic ischemic opticneuropathy, postoperative inflammation, and retinal vein occlusion.

In some embodiments, complement mediated diseases include ophthalmicdiseases (including early or neovascular age-related maculardegeneration and geographic atrophy), autoimmune diseases (includingarthritis, rheumatoid arthritis), respiratory diseases, cardiovasculardiseases. In other embodiments, the compounds of the invention aresuitable for use in the treatment of diseases and disorders associatedwith fatty acid metabolism, including obesity and other metabolicdisorders.

In one embodiment, a method for the treatment of paroxysmal nocturnalhemoglobinuria (PNH) is provided that includes the administration of aneffective amount of a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceuticallyacceptable salt thereof, optionally in a pharmaceutically acceptablecarrier. In another embodiment, a method for the treatment ofage-related macular degeneration (AMD) is provided that includes theadministration of an effective amount of a compound of Formula I, or apharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, optionally in apharmaceutically acceptable carrier. In another embodiment, a method forthe treatment of rheumatoid arthritis is provided that includes theadministration of an effective amount of a compound of Formula I, or apharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, optionally in apharmaceutically acceptable carrier. In another embodiment, a method forthe treatment of multiple sclerosis is provided that includes theadministration of an effective amount of a compound of Formula I, or apharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, optionally in apharmaceutically acceptable carrier. In another embodiment, a method forthe treatment of myasthenia gravis is provided that includes theadministration of an effective amount of a compound of Formula I, or apharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, optionally in apharmaceutically acceptable carrier. In another embodiment, a method forthe treatment of atypical hemolytic uremic syndrome (aHUS) is providedthat includes the administration of an effective amount of a compound ofFormula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, optionally ina pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. In another embodiment, a methodfor the treatment of C3 glomerulonephritis is provided that includes theadministration of an effective amount of a compound of Formula I, or apharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, optionally in apharmaceutically acceptable carrier. In another embodiment, a method forthe treatment of abdominal aortic aneurysm is provided that includes theadministration of an effective amount of a compound of Formula I, or apharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, optionally in apharmaceutically acceptable carrier. In another embodiment, a method forthe treatment of neuromyelitis optica (NMO) is provided that includesthe administration of an effective amount of a compound of Formula I, ora pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, optionally in apharmaceutically acceptable carrier.

In some embodiments, the present invention provides methods of treatingor preventing an inflammatory disorder or a complement related disease,by administering to a host in need thereof an effective amount of acompound of Formula I of the invention. In some embodiments, the presentinvention provides methods of treating or preventing an inflammatorydisorder more generally, an immune disorder, autoimmune disorder, orcomplement factor D related disease, by providing an effective amount ofa compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of Formula I to patientwith a factor D mediated inflammatory disorder. A compound or salt ofFormula I may be provided as the only active agent or may be providedtogether with one or more additional active agents.

In one embodiment, a method for the treatment of a disorder associatedwith a dysfunction in the complement cascade is provided that includesthe administration of an effective amount of a compound of Formula I, ora pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, optionally in apharmaceutically acceptable carrier. In one embodiment, a method ofinhibiting activation of the alternative complement pathway in a subjectis provided that includes the administration of an effective amount of acompound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof,optionally in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. In one embodiment,a method of modulating factor D activity in a subject is provided thatincludes the administration of an effective amount of a compound ofFormula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, optionally ina pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.

“Prevention” as used in this disclosure means decreasing the likelihoodof the appearance of symptoms in a patient administered the compoundprophylactically as compared to the likelihood of the appearance ofsymptoms in patients not administered the compound or decreasing theseverity of symptoms in a patient administered the compoundprophylactically as compared to the severity of symptoms experienced bypatients with the disorder or condition who were not administered thecompound. In an alternative embodiment, an effective amount of acompound of Formula I is used to prevent or prophylaxis of a complementfactor D related disorder.

An effective amount of a pharmaceutical composition/combination of theinvention may be an amount sufficient to (a) inhibit the progression ofa disorder mediated by the complement pathway, including aninflammatory, immune, including an autoimmune, disorder or complementfactor D related disease; (b) cause a regression of an inflammatory,immune, including an autoimmune, disorder or complement factor D relateddisease; or (c) cause a cure of an inflammatory, immune, including anautoimmune, disorder or complement factor D related disease.

An effective amount of a compound or pharmaceutical compositiondescribed herein will also provide a sufficient amount of the activeagent when administered to a patient to provide a clinical benefit. Suchan amount may be ascertained experimentally, for example by assayingblood concentration of the agent, or theoretically, by calculatingbioavailability.

V. Combination Therapy

In one embodiment, a compound or salt of Formula I may be provided incombination or alternation with at least one additional inhibitor of thecomplement system or a second active compound with a differentbiological mechanism of action. In one embodiment, a compound or salt ofFormula I may be provided in combination with a complement C5 inhibitoror C5 convertase inhibitor. In another embodiment, a compound or salt ofFormula I may be provided in combination with eculizumab. In oneembodiment, a compound or salt of Formula I may be provided incombination with additional inhibitors of factor D.

In one embodiment, a compound or salt of Formula I may be providedtogether with a compound that inhibits an enzyme that metabolizesprotease inhibitors. In one embodiment, a compound or salt of Formula Imay be provided together with ritonavir.

In nonlimiting embodiments, a compound or salt of Formula I may beprovided together with a protease inhibitor, a soluble complementregulator, a therapeutic antibody (monoclonal or polyclonal), complementcomponent inhibitors, receptor agonists, or siRNAs.

Nonlimiting examples of active agents in these categories are:

Protease inhibitors: plasma-derived C1-INH concentrates, for exampleCetor® (Sanquin), Berinert-P® (CSL Behring, Lev Pharma), and Cinryze®;and recombinant human C1-inhibitors, for example Rhucin®;

Soluble complement regulators: Soluble complement receptor 1 (TP10)(Avant Immunotherapeutics); sCR1-sLex/TP-20 (Avant Immunotherapeutics);MLN-2222/CAB-2 (Millenium Pharmaceuticals); Mirococept (InflazymePharmaceuticals);

Therapeutic antibodies: Eculizumab/Soliris (Alexion Pharmaceuticals);Pexelizumab (Alexion Pharmaceuticals); Ofatumumab (Genmab A/S); TNX-234(Tanox); TNX-558 (Tanox); TA106 (Taligen Therapeutics); Neutrazumab (G2Therapies); Anti-properdin (Novelmed Therapeutics); HuMax-CD38 (GenmabA/S);

Complement component inhibitors: Compstatin/POT-4 (PotentiaPharmaceuticals); ARC1905 (Archemix);

Receptor agonists: PMX-53 (Peptech Ltd.); JPE-137 (Jerini); JSM-7717(Jerini);

Others: Recombinant human MBL (rhMBL; Enzon Pharmaceuticals).

In an embodiment, the present invention provides a method of treating orpreventing age-related macular degeneration (AMD) by administering to asubject in need thereof an effective amount of a composition comprisinga compound of the current invention. In one embodiment, the compositionsof the present invention are administered in combination with ananti-VEGF agent. Nonlimiting examples of anti-VEGF agents include, butare not limited to, aflibercept (Eylea®; Regeneron Pharmaceuticals);ranibizumab (Lucentis®: Genentech and Novartis); and pegaptanib(Macugen®; OSI Pharmaceuticals and Pfizer); Bevacizumab (Avastin;Genentech/Roche); anecortane acetate, squalamine lactate, andcorticosteroids, including, but not limited to, triamcinolone acetonide.

In another embodiment, a compound of Formula I can be combined with asecond agent in order to treat a disorder of the eye.

Examples of types of therapeutic agents that can be used in combinationfor ocular applications include anti-inflammatory drugs, antimicrobialagents, anti-angiogenesis agents, immunosuppressants, antibodies,steroids, ocular antihypertensive drugs and combinations thereof.Examples of therapeutic agents include amikacin, anecortane acetate,anthracenedione, anthracycline, an azole, amphotericin B, bevacizumab,camptothecin, cefuroxime, chloramphenicol, chlorhexidine, chlorhexidinedigluconate, clortrimazole, a clotrimazole cephalosporin,corticosteroids, dexamethasone, desamethazone, econazole, eftazidime,epipodophyllotoxin, fluconazole, flucytosine, fluoropyrimidines,fluoroquinolines, gatifloxacin, glycopeptides, imidazoles, itraconazole,ivermectin, ketoconazole, levofloxacin, macrolides, miconazole,miconazole nitrate, moxifloxacin, natamycin, neomycin, nystatin,ofloxacin, polyhexamethylene biguanide, prednisolone, prednisoloneacetate, pegaptanib, platinum analogues, polymicin B, propamidineisethionate, pyrimidine nucleoside, ranibizumab, squalamine lactate,sulfonamides, triamcinolone, triamcinolone acetonide, triazoles,vancomycin, anti-vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF) agents, VEGFantibodies, VEGF antibody fragments, vinca alkaloid, timolol, betaxolol,travoprost, latanoprost, bimatoprost, brimonidine, dorzolamide,acetazolamide, pilocarpine, ciprofloxacin, azithromycin, gentamycin,tobramycin, cefazolin, voriconazole, gancyclovir, cidofovir, foscarnet,diclofenac, nepafenac, ketorolac, ibuprofen, indomethacin,fluoromethalone, rimexolone, anecortave, cyclosporine, methotrexate,tacrolimus and combinations thereof. Examples of eye disorders that maybe treated according to the compositions and methods disclosed hereininclude amoebic keratitis, fungal keratitis, bacterial keratitis, viralkeratitis, onchorcercal keratitis, bacterial keratoconjunctivitis, viralkeratoconjunctivitis, corneal dystrophic diseases, Fuchs' endothelialdystrophy, Sjogren's syndrome, Stevens-Johnson syndrome, autoimmune dryeye diseases, environmental dry eye diseases, corneal neovascularizationdiseases, post-corneal transplant rejection prophylaxis and treatment,autoimmune uveitis, infectious uveitis, anterior uveitis, posterioruveitis (including toxoplasmosis), pan-uveitis, an inflammatory diseaseof the vitreous or retina, endophthalmitis prophylaxis and treatment,macular edema, macular degeneration, age related macular degeneration,proliferative and non-proliferative diabetic retinopathy, hypertensiveretinopathy, an autoimmune disease of the retina, primary and metastaticintraocular melanoma, other intraocular metastatic tumors, open angleglaucoma, closed angle glaucoma, pigmentary glaucoma and combinationsthereof.

A compound of Formula I, or a combination of Formula I and anotheractive agent, can be administered into an eye compartment of viainjection into the vitreous chamber, subretinal space, subchoroidalspace, the episclera, the conjunctiva, the sclera, the anterior chamber,and the cornea and compartments therein (e.g., subepithelial,intrastromal, endothelial).

In an alternative embodiment, a compound of Formula I, or a combinationof Formula I and another active agent, can be administered into an eyecompartment via binding to a mucosal penetrating particle to treat acondition located in the vitreous chamber, subretinal space,subchoroidal space, the episclera, the conjunctiva, the sclera or theanterior chamber, and the cornea and compartments therein (e.g.,subepithelial, intrastromal, endothelial). Mucosal penetrating particlesare known in the art, and are described in, for example, PCT publishedapplication WO 2013166436 to Kala Pharmaceuticals, incorporated in itsentirety herein.

In other embodiments, a composition comprising compound of Formula Isuitable for topical administration to an eye is provided. Thepharmaceutical composition comprises a plurality of coated particles,comprising a core particle comprising a compound of Formula I, whereinFormula I constitutes at least about 80 wt % of the core particle, and acoating comprising one or more surface-altering agents, wherein the oneor more surface-altering agents comprise at least one of a poloxamer, apoly(vinyl alcohol), or a polysorbate. The one or more surface-alteringagents is present on the outer surface of the core particle at a densityof at least 0.01 molecules/nm. The one or more surface-altering agentsis present in the pharmaceutical composition in an amount of betweenabout 0.001% to about 5% by weight. The plurality of coated particleshave an average smallest cross-sectional dimension of less than about 1micron. The pharmaceutical composition also includes one or moreophthalmically acceptable carriers, additives, and/or diluents.

It will be appreciated by one of ordinary skill in the art thatparticles suitable for use with the presently disclosed methods canexist in a variety of shapes, including, but not limited to, spheroids,rods, disks, pyramids, cubes, cylinders, nanohelixes, nanosprings,nanorings, rod-shaped particles, arrow-shaped particles, teardrop-shapedparticles, tetrapod-shaped particles, prism-shaped particles, and aplurality of other geometric and non-geometric shapes. In someembodiments, the presently disclosed particles have a spherical shape.

In one embodiment, the present invention provides a method of treatingor preventing paroxysmal nocturnal hemoglobinuria (PNH) by administeringto a subject in need thereof an effective amount of a compositioncomprising a compound of the current invention. In one embodiment, thepresent invention provides a method of treating or preventing paroxysmalnocturnal hemoglobinuria (PNH) by administering to a subject in needthereof an effective amount of a composition comprising a compound ofthe current invention in combination or alternation with additionalinhibitors of the complement system or another active compound with adifferent biological mechanism of action. In another embodiment, thepresent invention provides a method of treating or preventing paroxysmalnocturnal hemoglobinuria (PNH) by administering to a subject in needthereof an effective amount of a composition comprising a compound ofthe current invention in combination or alternation with eculizumab.

In one embodiment, the present invention provides a method of treatingor preventing rheumatoid arthritis by administering to a subject in needthereof an effective amount of a composition comprising a compound ofthe current invention. In one embodiment, the present invention providesa method of treating or preventing rheumatoid arthritis by administeringto a subject in need thereof an effective amount of a compositioncomprising a compound of the current invention in combination oralternation with an additional inhibitor of the complement system. Inanother embodiment, the present invention provides a method of treatingor preventing rheumatoid arthritis by administering to a subject in needthereof an effective amount of a composition comprising a compound ofthe current invention in combination or alternation with methotrexate.

In certain embodiments, a compound of Formula I is administered incombination or alternation with at least one anti-rhuematoid arthritisdrug selected from: salicylates including aspirin (Anacin, Ascriptin,Bayer Aspirin, Ecotrin) and salsalate (Mono-Gesic, Salgesic);nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs); nonselective inhibitorsof the cyclo-oxygenase (COX-1 and COX-2) enzymes, including diclofenac(Cataflam, Voltaren), ibuprofen (Advil, Motrin), ketoprofen (Orudis),naproxen (Aleve, Naprosyn), piroxicam (Feldene), etodolac (Lodine),indomethacin, oxaprozin (Daypro), nabumetone (Relafen), and meloxicam(Mobic); selective cyclo-oxygenase-2 (COX-2) inhibitors includingCelecoxib (Celebrex); disease-modifying antirheumatic drugs (DMARDs),including azathioprine (Imuran), cyclosporine (Sandimmune, Neoral), goldsalts (Ridaura, Solganal, Aurolate, Myochrysine), hydroxychloroquine(Plaquenil), leflunomide (Arava), methotrexate (Rheumatrex),penicillamine (Cuprimine), and sulfasalazine (Azulfidine); biologicdrugs including abatacept (Orencia), etanercept (Enbrel), infliximab(Remicade), adalimumab (Humira), and anakinra (Kineret); corticosteroidsincluding betamethasone (Celestone Soluspan), cortisone (Cortone),dexamethasone (Decadron), methylprednisolone (SoluMedrol, DepoMedrol),prednisolone (Delta-Cortef), prednisone (Deltasone, Orasone), andtriamcinolone (Aristocort); gold salts, including Auranofin (Ridaura);Aurothioglucose (Solganal); Aurolate; Myochrysine; or any combinationthereof.

In one embodiment, the present invention provides a method of treatingor preventing multiple sclerosis by administering to a subject in needthereof an effective amount of a composition comprising a compound ofthe current invention. In one embodiment, the present invention providesa method of treating or preventing multiple sclerosis by administeringto a subject in need thereof an effective amount of a compositioncomprising a compound of the current invention in combination oralternation with additional inhibitors of the complement system. Inanother embodiment, the present invention provides a method of treatingor preventing multiple sclerosis by administering to a subject in needthereof an effective amount of a composition comprising a compound ofthe current invention in combination or alternation with acorticosteroid. Examples of corticosteroids include, but are not limitedto, prednisone, dexamethasone, solumedrol, and methylprednisolone.

In one embodiment, a compound of Formula I is combined with at least oneanti-multiple sclerosis drug selected from: Aubagio (teriflunomide),Avonex (interferon beta-1a), Betaseron (interferon beta-1b), Copaxone(glatiramer acetate), Extavia (interferon beta-1b), Gilenya(fingolimod), Lemtrada (alemtuzumab), Novantrone (mitoxantrone),Plegridy (peginterferon beta-1a), Rebif (interferon beta-1a), Tecfidera(dimethyl fumarate), Tysabri (natalizumab), Solu-Medrol (methylprednisolone), High-dose oral Deltasone (prednisone), H.P. Acthar Gel (ACTH),and combinations thereof.

In one aspect, a compound or salt of Formula I may be provided incombination or alternation with an immunosuppressive agent or ananti-inflammatory agent.

In one embodiment of the present invention, a compound described hereincan be administered in combination or alternation with at least oneimmunosuppressive agent. The immunosuppressive agent as nonlimitingexamples, may be a calcineurin inhibitor, e.g. a cyclosporin or anascomycin, e.g. Cyclosporin A (NEORAL®), FK506 (tacrolimus),pimecrolimus, a mTOR inhibitor, e.g. rapamycin or a derivative thereof,e.g. Sirolimus (RAPAMUNE®), Everolimus (Certican®), temsirolimus,zotarolimus, biolimus-7, biolimus-9, a rapalog, e.g.ridaforolimus,azathioprine, campath 1H, a S1P receptor modulator, e.g. fingolimod oran analogue thereof, an anti IL-8 antibody, mycophenolic acid or a saltthereof, e.g. sodium salt, or a prodrug thereof, e.g. MycophenolateMofetil (CELLCEPT®), OKT3 (ORTHOCLONE OKT3®), Prednisone, ATGAM®,THYMOGLOBULIN®, Brequinar Sodium, OKT4, T10B9.A-3A, 33B3.1,15-deoxyspergualin, tresperimus, Leflunomide ARAVA®, CTLAI-Ig,anti-CD25, anti-IL2R, Basiliximab (SIMULECT®), Daclizumab (ZENAPAX®),mizorbine, methotrexate, dexamethasone, ISAtx-247, SDZ ASM 981(pimecrolimus, Elidel®), CTLA41g (Abatacept), belatacept, LFA31g,etanercept (sold as Enbrel® by Immunex), adalimumab (Humira®),infliximab (Remicade®), an anti-LFA-1 antibody, natalizumab (Antegren®),Enlimomab, gavilimomab, antithymocyte immunoglobulin, siplizumab,Alefacept efalizumab, pentasa, mesalazine, asacol, codeine phosphate,benorylate, fenbufen, naprosyn, diclofenac, etodolac and indomethacin,aspirin and ibuprofen.

Examples of anti-inflammatory agents include methotrexate,dexamethasone, dexamethasone alcohol, dexamethasone sodium phosphate,fluromethalone acetate, fluromethalone alcohol, lotoprendol etabonate,medrysone, prednisolone acetate, prednisolone sodium phosphate,difluprednate, rimexolone, hydrocortisone, hydrocortisone acetate,lodoxamide tromethamine, aspirin, ibuprofen, suprofen, piroxicam,meloxicam, flubiprofen, naproxan, ketoprofen, tenoxicam, diclofenacsodium, ketotifen fumarate, diclofenac sodium, nepafenac, bromfenac,flurbiprofen sodium, suprofen, celecoxib, naproxen, rofecoxib,glucocorticoids, diclofenac, and any combination thereof. In oneembodiment, a compound of Formula I is combined with one or morenon-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs) selected from naproxensodium (Anaprox), celecoxib (Celebrex), sulindac (Clinoril), oxaprozin(Daypro), salsalate (Disalcid), diflunisal (Dolobid), piroxicam(Feldene), indomethacin (Indocin), etodolac (Lodine), meloxicam (Mobic),naproxen (Naprosyn), nabumetone (Relafen), ketorolac tromethamine(Toradol), naproxen/esomeprazole (Vimovo), and diclofenac (Voltaren),and combinations thereof.

VI. Process of Preparation of Compounds of Formula I Abbreviations

-   (Boc)₂O di-tert-butyl dicarbonate-   AcCl acetyl chloride-   CAN Acetonitrile-   AcOEt, EtOAc ethyl acetate-   AcOH acetic acid-   CH₃OH, MeOH Methanol-   CsF Cesium fluoride-   CuI Cuprous iodide-   DCM, CH₂Cl₂ Dichloromethane-   DIEA, DIPEA N,N-diisopropylethylamine-   DMA N,N-dimethylacetamide-   DMF N,N-dimethylformamide-   DMSO Dimethylsulfoxide-   DPPA Diphenyl phosphoryl azide-   Et₃N, TEA Triethylamine-   EtOAc Ethylacetate-   EtOH Ethanol-   FA formic acid-   HATU    1-[Bis(dimethylamino)methylene]-1H-1,2,3-triazolo[4,5-b]pyridinium    3-oxide hexafluorophosphate-   HCl Hydrochloric acid-   ¹Pr₂Net N,N-diisopropylethylamine-   K₂CO₃ Potassium carbonate-   LiOH Lithium hydroxide-   MTBE Methyl ^(t)butylether-   Na₂SO₄ Sodium sulfate-   NaCl Sodium chloride-   NaH Sodium hydride-   NaHCO₃ Sodium bicarbonate-   NEt₃ triethylamine-   Pd (OAc)₂ Palaldium acetate-   Pd(dppf)Cl₂ [1,1′-Bis(diphenylphosphino)    ferrocene]dichloropalladium(II)-   Pd(PPh₃)₂Cl₂ Bis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(II) dichloride-   Pd(PPh₃)₄ Tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0)-   Pd₂ (dba)₃ Tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0)-   PPh₃ Triphenylphosphine-   RT Room temperature-   tBuOK potassium tert-butoxide-   TEA triethylamine-   Tf₂O trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride-   TFA Trifluoroacetic acid-   THF Tetrahydrofuran-   TMSBr bromotrimethylsilane-   ^(t)R Retention time-   Zn (CN)₂ Zinc cyanide

General Methods

All nonaqueous reactions were performed under an atmosphere of dry argonor nitrogen gas using anhydrous solvents. The progress of reactions andthe purity of target compounds were determined using one of the twoliquid chromatography (LC) methods listed below. The structure ofstarting materials, intermediates, and final products was confirmed bystandard analytical techniques, including NMR spectroscopy and massspectrometry.

LC Method A

Instrument: Waters Acquity Ultra Performance LC

Column: ACQUITY UPLC BEH C18 2.1×50 mm, 1.7 μm

Column Temperature: 40° C.

Mobile Phase: Solvent A: H₂O+0.05% FA; Solvent B: CH₃CN+0.05% FA

Flow Rate: 0.8 mL/min

Gradient: 0.24 min @ 15% B, 3.26 min gradient (15-85% B), then 0.5 min @85% B.

Detection: UV (PDA), ELS, and MS (SQ in EI mode)

LC Method B

Instrument: Shimadzu LC-2010A HT

Column: Athena, C18-WP, 50×4.6 mm, 5 m

Column Temperature: 40° C.

Mobile Phase: Solvent A: H₂O/CH₃OH/FA=90/10/0.1; Solvent B:H₂O/CH₃OH/FA=10/90/0.1

Flow Rate: 3 mL/min

Gradient: 0.4 min @ 30% B, 3.4 min gradient (30-100% B), then 0.8 min @100% B

Detection: UV (220/254 nm)

Example 1 General Route of Synthesis

A compound of the present invention can be prepared, for example, from acentral core. In one embodiment, for example, the central core Structure1 is an N-protected aminoacid where X¹ is nitrogen and PG=protectinggroup. In one embodiment, the central core is coupled to an amine togenerate an amide of Structure 2 (wherein L-B includes a C(O)N moiety).Structure 2 can then be deprotected to generate Structure 3. Structure 3is coupled to Structure 4 (A-COOH) to generate a second amide bond,forming a compound within Formula I. The chemistry is illustrated inRoute 1.

In an alternative embodiment, central core Structure 5 is reacted with aheterocyclic or heteroaryl compound to generate a compound of Structure6. In one embodiment, Structure 6 is deprotected to generate acarboxylic acid, Structure 7. In one embodiment, Structure 7 is coupledto an amine to generate a compound of Formula I. This chemistry isillustrated in Route 2.

In an alternative embodiment, Structure 8 is deprotected to generate anamine which is Structure 9. Structure 9 is then coupled to generate anamide which is Structure 6. Structure 6 is then deprotected to generatea carboxylic acid which is Structure 7. Structure 7 is then coupled toform the amide which falls within Formula I. The chemistry isillustrated in Route 3.

In an alternate embodiment, a heteroaryl or aryl moiety, 4-1, is coupledto a central core to generate 4-2. The protected acid, 4-2 is deblockedto form the carboxylic acid, 4-3. The carboxylic acid is then coupled toform an amide (L-B) which is 4-4. The heteroaryl or aryl moiety, A′, canthen be further derivitized to add substitutents at the X¹¹, X¹², X¹³and X¹⁴ positions to generate compounds of Formula I. This chemistry isillustrated in Route 4.

In an alternate embodiment, Structure 5-1 is coupled to an acid,Structure 5-2, to generate Structure 5-3. The carboxylic acid, Structure5-3, is deblocked to generate a carboxylic acid which is Structure 5-4.Carboxylic acid Structure 5-4 is coupled to an amine to form the productamide (L-B) which is a compound within Formula I. This chemistry isillustrated in Route 5.

In an alternate embodiment, the protected indole, Structure 6-1, isacylated to generate Structure 6-2. Structure 6-2 is treated with theactivated ester, Structure 6-3 to generate Structure 6-4. Structure 6-4is deprotected to generated Structure 6-5. Structure 6-5 is deprotectedto generate the carboxylic acid 6-6. Structure 6-6 is coupled toStructure 3 from Route 1 to generate Structure 6-7. The alcohol isconverted to a leaving group, LG; see, Structure 6-8. Structure 6-8 istreated with a phosphite, an organometallic reagent, a base and anorganic solvent to generate a compound within Formula I. In someembodiments, the organometallic reagent istetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(O). In some embodiments, the baseis triethylamine. In some embodiments, the organic solvent istetrahydrofuran. The chemistry is illustrated in Route 6.

In an alternate embodiment, the protected indole, Structure 7-1, isacylated to generate Structure 7-2. Structure 7-2 is treated with theactivated ester, Structure 7-3, to generate Structure 7-4. Structure 7-4is deprotected to generated Structure 7-5. Structure 7-5 is deprotectedto generate the carboxylic acid 7-6. Structure 7-6 is coupled toStructure 3 from Route 1 to generate Structure 7-7. The alcohol isconverted to a leaving group, LG; see, Structure 7-8. Structure 7-8 istreated with a phosphite, an organometallic reagent, a base and anorganic solvent to generate a compound within Formula I. In someembodiments, the organometallic reagent istetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0). In some embodiments, the baseis triethylamine. In some embodiments, the organic solvent istetrahydrofuran. This chemistry is illustrated in Route 7 below.

In an alternate embodiment, a protected indazole, Structure 8-1, isacylated to generate Structure 8-2. Structure 8-2 is treated with theactivated ester, Structure 8-3, to generate Structure 8-4. Structure 8-4is deprotected to generated Structure 8-5. Structure 8-5 is deprotectedto generate the carboxylic acid 8-6. Structure 8-6 is coupled toStructure 3 from Route 1 to generate Structure 8-7. The alcohol inStructure 8-7 is converted to a leaving group; see, Structure 8-8.Structure 8-8 is treated with a phosphite, an organometallic reagent, abase and an organic solvent to generate a compound within Formula I. Insome embodiments, the organometallic reagent istetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0). In some embodiments, the baseis triethylamine. In some embodiments, the organic solvent istetrahydrofuran. In some embodiments, the phosphite is diethylphosphite. The chemistry is illustrated in Route 8 below.

In an alternate embodiment, a protected indazole, Structure 9-1, isacylated to generate Structure 9-2. Structure 9-2 is treated with theactivated ester, Structure 9-3, to generate Structure 9-4. Structure 9-4is deprotected to generated Structure 9-5. Structure 9-5 is deprotectedto generate the carboxylic acid 9-6. Structure 9-6 is coupled toStructure 3 from Route 1 to generate Structure 9-7. The alcohol isconverted to a leaving group; see, Structure 9-8. Structure 9-8 istreated with a phosphite, an organometallic reagent, a base and anorganic solvent to generate a compound within Formula I. In someembodiments, the phosphite is diethyl phosphite. In some embodiments,the organometallic reagent is tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0).In some embodiments, the base is triethylamine. In some embodiments, theorganic solvent is tetrahydrofuran. The chemistry is illustrated inRoute 9 below.

In an alternate embodiment, a diethyl phosphonate from Route 9 istreated with TMSBr to generate a monoester, see, Structure 1, Route 10.In an alternate embodiment, a diethylphosphonate is treated with TMSBrto generate the phosphonic acid; Structure 2. The phosphonic acidStructure 2 can be used to generate phosphonate esters of the presentinvention, wherein the phosphonate is —P(O)R²⁰R²⁰. For example,Structure 2 can be treated with X—C(R^(20a))OC(O)R^(20b) to form amixture of mono and diesters that can be separated by chromatography,wherein X is a leaving group. In one embodiment the leaving group is ahalide. This chemistry is illustrated in Route 10.

In an alternate embodiment, a diethyl phosphonate from Route 8 istreated with TMSBr to generate a monoester, see, Structure 1, Route 11.In an alternate embodiment, a diethyl phosphonate is treated with TMSBrto generate the phosphonic acid; Structure 2. The phosphonic acidStructure 2 can be used to generate phosphonate esters of the presentinvention, wherein the phosphonate is —P(O)R²⁰R²⁰. For example,Structure 2 can be treated with X—C(R^(20a))OC(O)R^(20b) to form amixture of mono and diesters that can be separated by chromatography,wherein X is a leaving group. In one embodiment the leaving group is ahalide. This chemistry is illustrated in Route 11.

In an alternate embodiment, Structure 12-1 is coupled to an amine togenerate an amide (L-B), which is Structure 12-2. Structure 12-2, iscoupled to an amine to generate compounds within Formula I. Thischemistry is illustrated in Route 12.

Example 2 Examples of Central Synthons

Z^(A) is halogen.

In one embodiment, deuterated L-proline synthons are disclosed.Deuterated synthons include, but are not limited to, for example, thefollowing compounds:

Structure A can be treated with deuterium oxide to generate Structure B.See, Barraclough, P. et al. Tetrahedron Lett. 2005, 46, 4653-4655;Barraclough, P. et al. Org. Biomol. Chem. 2006, 4, 1483-1491 and WO2014/037480 (p.103). Structure B can be reduced to generate Structure C.See, Barraclough, P. et al. Tetrahedron Lett. 2005, 46, 4653-4655;Barraclough, P. et al. Org. Biomol. Chem. 2006, 4, 1483-1491. StructureC can be treated with Mitsunobu reaction conditions to generateStructure D. Structure B can be treated with DAST to generate StructureE. See, WO 2014/037480. Structure A can be treated with sodiumborodeuteride to generate Structure F. See, Dormoy, J. -R.; Castro, B.Synthesis 1986, 81-82. Compound F can be used to generate Structure K.See, Dormoy, J. -R.; Castro, B. Synthesis 1986, 81-82. Structure B canbe treated with a deuterated reducing agent, for example sodiumborodeuteride to generate Structure G. Structure G can be treated withDAST to generate Structure H. Structure F can be used to generateStructure K. See, Dormoy, J. -R.; Castro, B. Synthesis 1986, 81-82.Structure G can be used to generate Structure I. Structure J can beprepared according to Hruby, V. J. et al. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1979, 101,202-212. Structures A-J can be used to prepare compounds of Formula I.

Example 3 Preparation of Central-L-B Synthons

In Route 1a, 5-azaspiro[2.4]heptane-4,5-dicarboxylic acid,5-(1,1-dimethylethyl) ester, (4S)-, CAS 209269-08-9, can be prepared asdescribed in Tandon, M. et al. Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 1998, 8,1139-1144. In Step 2, the protected azaspiro[2.4]heptane is coupled toan amine in the presence of an organic solvent, a base and a couplingreagent to generate an amide bond; the L-B moiety. In one embodiment,the amine is (3-chloro-2-fluorophenyl) methanamine. In one embodiment,the organic solvent is DMF. In one embodiment, the base isdiisopropylethylamine. In one embodiment, the coupling reagent is HATU.In Step 3, the protecting group is removed. In one embodiment, thestarting material is reacted with an acid in the presence of an organicsolvent. In one embodiment, the acid is 4N hydrochloric acid. In oneembodiment, the organic solvent is dioxane.

In Route 1b, (4S) 4-oxazolidinecarboxylic acid, hydrochloride is treatedwith an amine protecting reagent. In one embodiment, the amineprotecting reagent is di-tert-butyl dicarbonate. In another embodiment,3,4-oxazolidinedicarboxylic acid, 3-(1,1-dimethylethyl) ester, (4S)-, iscommercially available from JPM2 Pharmaceuticals. In one embodiment thereaction is carried out in an organic solvent in the presence of a base.In one embodiment, the organic solvent is acetonitrile. In oneembodiment, the base is 4-dimentylaminopyridine (DMAP). In Step 2, theprotected 4-oxazolidinecarboxylic acid is coupled to an amine in thepresence of an organic solvent, a base and a coupling reagent togenerate an amide bond; the L-B moiety. In one embodiment, the amine is(3-chloro-2-fluorophenyl) methanamine. In one embodiment, the organicsolvent is DMF. In one embodiment, the base is diisopropylethylamine. Inone embodiment, the coupling reagent is HATU. In Step 3, the protectinggroup is removed. In one embodiment, the starting material is reactedwith an acid in the presence of an organic solvent. In one embodiment,the acid is 4N hydrochloric acid. In one embodiment, the organic solventis dioxane.

In Route 1c,(S)-5-(tert-Butoxycarbonyl)-5-azaspiro[2.4]heptane-6-caboxylic acid, CAS1129634-44-1, is commercially available from Ark Pharm. In Step 2, thecarboxylic acid is coupled to an amine in the presence of an organicsolvent, a base and a coupling reagent to generate an amide bond; theL-B moiety. In one embodiment, the amine is (3-chloro-2-fluorophenyl)methanamine. In one embodiment, the organic solvent is DMF. In oneembodiment, the base is diisopropylethylamine. In one embodiment, thecoupling reagent is HATU. In Step 3, the protecting group is removed. Inone embodiment, the starting material is reacted with an acid in thepresence of an organic solvent. In one embodiment, the acid is 4Nhydrochloric acid. In one embodiment, the organic solvent is dioxane.

In Route 2a, commercially available Boc-L-proline is coupled to an aminein the presence of an organic solvent, a base and a coupling reagent togenerate an amide bond; the L-B moiety. In one embodiment, the amine is(3-chloro-2-fluorophenyl) methanamine. In one embodiment, the organicsolvent is DMF. In one embodiment, the base is diisopropylethylamine. Inone embodiment, the coupling reagent is HATU. In Step 2, the Bocprotecting group is removed. In one embodiment, the starting material isreacted with an acid in the presence of an organic solvent. In oneembodiment, the acid is 4N hydrochloric acid. In one embodiment, theorganic solvent is dioxane.

In Route 2b, commercially available(1R,3S,5R)-2-[(tert-butoxy)carbonyl]-2-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane-3-carboxylicacid, from Enamine, is coupled to an amine in the presence of an organicsolvent, a base and a coupling reagent to generate an amide bond; theL-B moiety. In one embodiment, the amine is (3-chloro-2-fluorophenyl)methanamine. In one embodiment, the organic solvent is DMF. In oneembodiment, the base is diisopropylethylamine. In one embodiment, thecoupling reagent is HATU. In Step 2, the Boc protecting group isremoved. In one embodiment, the starting material is reacted with anacid in the presence of an organic solvent. In one embodiment, the acidis 4N hydrochloric acid. In one embodiment, the organic solvent isdioxane.

In Route 2c, commercially available(2S,4R)-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid,from Manchester Organics, is coupled to an amine in the presence of anorganic solvent, a base and a coupling reagent to generate an amidebond; the L-B moiety. In one embodiment, the amine is(3-chloro-2-fluorophenyl) methanamine. In one embodiment, the organicsolvent is DMF. In one embodiment, the base is diisopropylethylamine. Inone embodiment, the coupling reagent is HATU. In Step 2, the Bocprotecting group is removed. In one embodiment, the starting material isreacted with an acid in the presence of an organic solvent. In oneembodiment, the acid is 4N hydrochloric acid. In one embodiment, theorganic solvent is dioxane.

In Route 2d, commercially available(S)-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)indoline-2-carboxylic acid, from Chem-Impex,is coupled to an amine in the presence of an organic solvent, a base anda coupling reagent to generate an amide bond; the L-B moiety. In oneembodiment, the amine is (3-chloro-2-fluorophenyl) methanamine. In oneembodiment, the organic solvent is DMF. In one embodiment, the base isdiisopropylethylamine. In one embodiment, the coupling reagent is HATU.In Step 2, the Boc protecting group is removed. In one embodiment, thestarting material is reacted with an acid in the presence of an organicsolvent. In one embodiment, the acid is 4N hydrochloric acid. In oneembodiment, the organic solvent is dioxane. This chemistry isillustrated in Scheme 2.

Additional starting materials that can readily be converted toCentral-L-B-Synthons include, but are not limited to:(S)-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-2,3-dihydro-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylic acid,CAS 90104-21-5, available from Ark Pharm;cyclopent-1-ene-1,2-dicarboxylic acid, CAS 3128-15-2, purchased from ArkPharm; imidazole, 1H-imidazole-1,2-dicarboxylic acid,1-(1,1-dimethylethyl) 2-ethyl ester, CAS 553650-00-3, commerciallyavailable from FCH Group; Boc-L-octahydroindole-2-carboxylic acid can bepurchased from Chem Impex. The compound,

can be prepared according to the procedures disclosed in WO 2004/111041;(S)-Boc-5-oxopyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid is available from the AldrichChemical Co.;(1S,2S,5R)-3-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-3-azabicyclo[3.3.0]hexane-2-carboxylicacid is available from Ark Pharm; (S)-3-Boc-thiazolidine-2-carboxylicacid is available from Alfa Aesar;(2S,4R)-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-4-chloropyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid isavailable from Arch Bioscience; (1 S,3aR,6aS)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)octahydrocyclopenta[c]pyrrole-1-carboxylicacid is available from Ark Pharm; 1,2-pyrrolidinedicarboxylic acid,3-[[(phenylmethoxy)carbonyl]amino]-, 1-(1,1-dimethylethyl) ester,(2S,3R) can be prepared as disclosed in WO 2004/007501. The Cbz groupcan be removed and the amino group can be alkylated to generate centralcore compounds of the present invention.

The compound

can be prepared as disclosed by Braun, J. V.; Heymons, Albrecht Berichteder Deutschen Chemischen Gesellschaft [Abteilung] B: Abhandlungen (1930)63B, 502-7.

The compounds (2S,3S,4S)-4-fluoro-3-methoxy-pyrrolidine-1,2-dicarboxylic acid 1-tert-butylester and (2R,3R,4R)-3-fluoro-4-methoxy-pyrrolidine-1,2-dicarboxylicacid 1-tert-butyl ester can be prepared as a mixture according to WO2012/093101 to Novartis and the regioisomers can be ultimately separatedonce coupled to generate the central core-L-B synthons. The compound(S)-Boc-5-oxopyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid is available from the AldrichChemical Co.

Example 4 Preparation of A-C(O)-Moiety

Examples of the preparation of the A-C(O)-Moiety can be found in Example1 and below.

In an alternate embodiment, an indole is acylated in Step 1. In Step 2,the indole is treated with an activated ester. In Step 3, a protectinggroup is removed. In Step 4, an ester is hydrolyzed to generate theA-C(O) moiety. This chemistry is illustrated in Scheme 4a.

Example 5 Coupling of Central-L-B-Synthons to A-C(O)-Moieties

Examples of the coupling of central-L-B-synthons to A-C(O)-moieties canbe found in Example 1.

Example 6 Synthesis of Phosphonates within Formula I

Examples of the synthesis of phosphonates within Formula I can be foundin Example 1 and below.

Example 7 Synthesis of 7A. (2S,4R)-Tert-Butyl2-((3-Chloro-2-Fluoro-Benzyl)Carbamoyl)-4-Gluoropyrrolidine-1-Carboxylate

(2S,4R)-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid(2.33 gm, 10 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (50 ml) and ^(i)Pr₂NEt (8.6 ml,5 eq.) was added, followed by the addition of (3-chloro-2-fluorophenyl)methanamine (3.18 gm 20 mmol) at 5° C. Then HATU (8 gm, 2.1 eq) wasadded slowly at same temperature. The reaction mixture was then stirredfor 18 h at RT. After completion of the reaction monitored by HPLC, Thereaction mixture was diluted with 1M citric acid solution (200 ml+NaClsolid 20 gm) and extracted with DCM (150 mL×2), the organic layer wasthen washed with an aqueous solution of NaHCO₃ (100 ml) and washed withwater (100 ml), brine (100 ml) and dried over Na₂SO₄ and concentratedunder reduced pressure. The remaining residue was purified by columnchromatography (eluted with DCM/EtOAc) to give (2S,4R)-tert-butyl2-((3-chloro-2-fluorobenzyl)carbamoyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidine-1-carboxylate.

7B.(2S,4R)—N-(3-Chloro-2-Fluorobenzyl)-4-Fluoropyrrolidine-2-CarboxamideHydrochloride (A)

(2S,4R)-tert-butyl2-((3-chloro-2-fluorobenzyl)carbamoyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidine-1-carboxylate(500 mg,) was taken in 4N HCl dioxane (30 ml) and resulting reactionmixture was stirred at rt for 3 h. After completion of the reactionmonitored by HPLC solvent was removed under reduced pressure. Theresidue, A, was used for next reaction.

Example 8 Synthesis of(2S,4R)-1-(2-(3-Acetyl-6-Hydroxy-1H-Indol-1-yl)Acetyl)-N-(3-Chloro-2-Fluorobenzyl)-4-Fluoropyrrolidine-2-Carboxamide

Compound D (2.5 g, 10.72 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (50 ml) and^(i)Pr₂NEt (8.9 ml, 5 eq.) was added, followed by the addition ofCompound A (3.6 g, 13.11 mmol) at 5° C. HATU (8.56 g, 2.1 eq) was addedslowly at the same temperature. The reaction mixture was then stirredfor 18 h at RT. After completion of the reaction, monitored by HPLC, thereaction mixture was diluted with 1M citric acid solution (200 ml+NaClsolid 20 gm) and extracted with DCM (150 mL×2). The organic layer waswashed with an aqueous solution of NaHCO₃ (100 ml), water (100 ml),brine (100 ml), dried over Na₂SO₄ and concentrated under reducedpressure. The remaining residue was purified by column chromatography(eluted with DCM/EtOAc) to afford the product.

Example 9 Synthesis of Diethyl(3-Acetyl-1-(2-((2S,4R)-2-((3-Chloro-2-Fluorobenzyl)Carbamoyl)-4-Fluoropyrrolidin-1-yl)-2-Oxoethyl)-1H-Indol-6-yl)Phosphonate

Under an atmosphere of argon gas, trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride(250 μL) was added dropwise to a cooled (0° C.) solution of(2S,4R)-1-(2-(3-acetyl-6-hydroxy-1H-indol-1-yl)acetyl)-N-(3-chloro-2-fluorobenzyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidine-2-carboxamide(551 mg) in pyridine (10 mL). The resulting solution was stirred at 0°C. for 2.5 h, allowed to warm to rt, and concentrated under reducedpressure to afford an oil. This material was dissolved in ethyl acetate(75 mL), and the resulting solution was washed with a 1M aq. solution ofcitric acid (2×25 mL), and brine (25 mL). The organic layer was driedover sodium sulfate, and evaporated under reduce pressure to afford thecrude product. This material was purified by flash column chromatographyon silica (methanol/dichloromethane gradient, 0 to 5% v/v) to provide3-acetyl-1-(2-((2S,4R)-2-((3-chloro-2-fluorobenzyl)carbamoyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidin-1-yl)-2-oxoethyl)-1H-indol-6-yltrifluoromethanesulfonate as a solid. LC-MS (method 1): t_(R) 2.39 min,m/z found 622 ([M+H]+).

Under an atmosphere of argon gas, a mixture of3-acetyl-1-(2-((2S,4R)-2-((3-chloro-2-fluorobenzyl)carbamoyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidin-1-yl)-2-oxoethyl)-1H-indol-6-yltrifluoromethanesulfonate (526 mg), diethyl phosphite (1.2 mL),triethylamine (217 μL), and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0)(100 mg) in tetrahydrofuran (30 mL) was stirred at 100° C. in a sealedtube for 18 h. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to roomtemperature and concentrated under reduced pressure. The remainingresidue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica(methanol/dichloromethane gradient, 0 to 5% v/v) to afford diethyl(3-acetyl-1-(2-((2S,4R)-2-((3-chloro-2-fluorobenzyl)carbamoyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidin-1-yl)-2-oxoethyl)-1H-indol-6-yl)phosphonateas a solid. LC-MS (method 1): t_(R) 1.84 min, m/z found 610 ([M+H]⁺).LC-MS (method 2): t_(R) 7.15 min, m/z found 610 ([M+H]⁺).

Example 10 Synthesis of ethyl hydrogen(3-acetyl-1-(2-((2S,4R)-2-((3-chloro-2-fluorobenzyl)carbamoyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidin-1-yl)-2-oxoethyl)-1H-indol-6-yl)phosphonate

Under an atmosphere of argon gas at rt, bromotrimethylsilane (132 mg)was added to a solution of diethyl(3-acetyl-1-(2-((2S,4R)-2-((3-chloro-2-fluorobenzyl)carbamoyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidin-1-yl)-2-oxoethyl)-1H-indol-6-yl)phosphonate(200 mg) in dichloromethane (5 mL) at rt. The resulting solution wasstirred for 3 h and evaporated to dryness under reduced pressure. Thereaction was stopped at 3 h when the majority of the product was themonoethyl phosphonate. The residue was treated with a mixture ofdichloromethane and methanol (3:1 v/v, 15 mL) and evaporated underreduced pressure. This treatment was repeated once, and the remainingsolid was washed with ethyl acetate (15 mL), and dried in vacuoovernight. Ethyl hydrogen(3-acetyl-1-(2-((2S,4R)-2-((3-chloro-2-fluorobenzyl)carbamoyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidin-1-yl)-2-oxoethyl)-1H-indol-6-yl)phosphonatewas purified by HPLC to provide 25 mg of solid. LC-MS: t_(R) 1.20 min,m/z found 582 ([M+H]⁺).

Example 11 Synthesis of(3-acetyl-1-(2-((2S,4R)-2-((3-chloro-2-fluorobenzyl)carbamoyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidin-1-yl)-2-oxoethyl)-1H-indol-6-yl)phosphonicacid

Under an atmosphere of argon gas at rt, bromotrimethylsilane (233 mg)was added to a solution of diethyl(3-acetyl-1-(2-((2S,4R)-2-((3-chloro-2-fluorobenzyl)carbamoyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidin-1-yl)-2-oxoethyl)-1H-indol-6-yl)phosphonate(150 mg) in dichloromethane (5 mL) at rt. The resulting solution wasstirred for 18 h and evaporated to dryness under reduced pressure. Theremaining residue was treated with a mixture of dichloromethane andmethanol (3:1 v/v, 15 mL) and evaporated under reduced pressure. Thistreatment was repeated once, and the remaining solid was washed withethyl acetate (15 mL), and dried in vacuo overnight to afford 132 mg of(3-acetyl-1-(2-((2S,4R)-2-((3-chloro-2-fluorobenzyl)carbamoyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidin-1-yl)-2-oxoethyl)-1H-indol-6-yl)phosphonicacid. LC-MS (method 1): t_(R) 1.06 min, m/z found 554 ([M+H]+). LC-MS(method 2): t_(R) 5.40 min, m/z found 554 ([M+H]+).

Example 12 Synthesis of(2S,4R)—N-(3-Chloro-2-Fluorobenzyl)-4-Fluoropyrrolidine-2-CarboxamideHydrochloride (Int-1)

(2S,4R)-1-(tert-Butoxycarbonyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid(2.33 g, 10 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (50 mL) and DIEA (8.6 mL, 5equiv) was added, followed by the addition of(3-chloro-2-fluorophenyl)methanamine (3.18 g, 20 mmol) at 5° C. ThenHATU (8 g, 2.1 equiv) was added slowly at the same temperature. Thereaction mixture was then stirred for 18 h at rt. After completion ofthe reaction monitored by HPLC, the reaction mixture was diluted with 1M aqueous citric acid (200 mL+20 g solid NaCl) and extracted with DCM(2×150 mL). The organic layer was then washed successively with anaqueous solution of NaHCO₃ (100 mL), water (100 mL), and brine (100 mL),and then dried over Na₂SO₄ and concentrated under reduced pressure. Theremaining residue was purified by column chromatography (eluted withDCM/EtOAc) to give (2S,4R)-tert-butyl2-((3-chloro-2-fluorobenzyl)carbamoyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidine-1-carboxylate.

(2S,4R)-tert-Butyl2-((3-chloro-2-fluorobenzyl)carbamoyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidine-1-carboxylate(500 mg) was taken in 4 N HCl in dioxane (30 mL) and the resultingreaction mixture was stirred at rt for 3 h. After completion of thereaction, which was monitored by HPLC, the solvent was removed underreduced pressure. The residue, Int-1, was used directly in the nextstep.

Example 13 Synthesis of(2S,4R)-1-(2-(3-Acetyl-6-Hydroxy-1H-Indol-1-yl)Acetyl)-N-(3-Chloro-2-Fluorobenzyl)-4-Fluoropyrrolidine-2-Carboxamide(Int-2)

Phosphoryl chloride (103 mL, 10 equiv) was added to ice-coldN,N-dimethylacetamide (311 mL, 30 equiv) with stirring and cooling inice. 6-Benzyloxy indole (25 g, 1 equiv) was then added and the reactionmixture was stirred at rt for 12 h, then poured over ice and basifiedwith a 4 N aqueous sodium hydroxide solution until a precipitate formed.The solid was collected by filtration, washed with water, and dried. Thesolid was then slurried with methanol, collected by filtration, anddried to give 1-(6-(benzyloxy)-1H-indol-3-yl)ethanone (20 g, 67%).

To a mixture of 1-(6-(benzyloxy)-1H-indol-3-yl)ethanone (25 g, 1 equiv)and potassium carbonate (11.6 g, 1.1 equiv) in acetonitrile (384 mL) wasadded tert-butyl bromoacetate (12.4 mL, 1.1 equiv) dropwise at rt. Theresulting mixture was heated to reflux for 12 h, allowed to cool to rt,poured into water, and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organicextracts were concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting solidwas slurried with MTBE, collected by filtration, and dried to givetert-butyl 2-(3-acetyl-6-(benzyloxy)-1H-indol-1-yl)acetate (26 g, 72%).

A mixture of tert-butyl 2-(3-acetyl-6-(benzyloxy)-1H-indol-1-yl)acetate(22 g, 1 equiv), DCM/MeOH (600 mL), and Pd/C (2.2 g, 10%) was stirred atrt for 12 h under an atmosphere of H₂ (3.5 kg/cm²). The reaction mixturewas filtered through a pad of Celite® and washed with DCM and MeOH. Thefiltrate was evaporated under reduce pressure, and the remaining crudeproduct was slurried with DCM, collected by filtration, and dried togive tert-butyl 2-(3-acetyl-6-hydroxy-1H-indol-1-yl)acetate (11.5 g,69%).

tert-Butyl 2-(3-acetyl-6-hydroxy-1H-indol-1-yl)acetate (5 g) was treatedwith TFA (10 mL) in DCM (30 mL) for 2 h at rt. After evaporation of thevolatiles under reduced pressure,2-(3-acetyl-6-hydroxy-1H-indol-1-yl)acetic acid was obtained.

2-(3-Acetyl-6-hydroxy-1H-indol-1-yl)acetic acid (2.5 g) and Int-1 (3.6g) were coupled in the presence of HATU and DIEA using a proceduresimilar to that described for the synthesis of Int-1 to give(2S,4R)-1-(2-(3-acetyl-6-hydroxy-1H-indol-1-yl)acetyl)-N-(3-chloro-2-fluorobenzyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidine-2-carboxamideInt-2.

Example 14 Synthesis of(2S,3aR,6aR)—N-(3-Chloro-2-Fluorobenzyl)Octahydrocyclopenta[B]Pyrrole-2-CarboxamideTFA Salt (Int-3)

(2S,3aR,6aR)-Octahydrocyclopenta[b]pyrrole-2-carboxylic acid (0.32 g)was dissolved in THF-H₂O (1:1, 14 mL) in the presence of NaHCO₃ (0.52g). Di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (0.95 mL) was added and the mixture wasstirred at rt overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc andextracted with water. To the aqueous layer was added concentrated HCl toadjust the pH to 2, and then extracted with EtOAc. The combined organicextracts were dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄ and evaporated to give(2S,3aR,6aR)-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)octahydrocyclopenta[b]pyrrole-2-carboxylicacid as a clear oil (0.532 g).

(2 S,3 aR,6aR)-1-(tert-Butoxycarbonyl)octahydrocyclopenta[b]pyrrole-2-carboxylicacid (2 mmol) and (3-chloro-2-fluorophenyl)methanamine (1.2 equiv) weredissolved in DMF (5 mL) and treated with HATU (1.2 equiv) followed byDIEA (1 mL). After stirring for 2h at rt, the reaction mixture wasdiluted with water and extracted with EtOAc. The extract was evaporatedunder reduced pressure and the remaining crude material was purified bycolumn chromatography to give (2 S,3 aR,6aR)-1-tert-butyl2-(3-chloro-2-fluorobenzyl)hexahydrocyclopenta[b]pyrrole-1,2(2H)-dicarboxylate as a white solid.

(2 S,3 aR,6aR)-1-tert-Butyl 2-(3-chloro-2-fluorobenzyl)hexahydrocyclopenta[b]pyrrole-1,2(2H)-dicarboxylate (159 mg) was treatedwith TFA (3 mL) in DCM (3 mL) for 1 h at rt. After evaporation of thevolatiles,(2S,3aR,6aR)—N-(3-chloro-2-fluorobenzyl)octahydrocyclopenta[b]pyrrole-2-carboxamideTFA salt Int-3 was obtained.

Example 15 Synthesis of2-(3-Acetyl-6-(Diethoxyphosphoryl)-1H-Indol-1-yl)Acetic Acid (Int-4)

1-(6-Bromo-1H-indol-3-yl)ethanone was prepared from 6-bromoindoleaccording to the procedure of MacKay et al. (MacKay, J. A.; Bishop, R.;Rawal, V. H. Org. Lett. 2005, 7, 3421-3424.)

A mixture of 3.9 g (16.4 mmol) of 1-(6-bromo-1H-indol-3-yl)ethanone,2.63 mL (18.02 mmol) of tert-butyl bromoacetate and 2.50 g (18.02 mmol)potassium carbonate in anhydrous acetonitrile (80 mL) was refluxed for 5h. The reaction mixture was then cooled to rt and the solvent wasremoved under reduced pressure. The residue was taken in 1:1 mixture ofDCM and water (100 mL: 100 mL). The two layers were separated and theorganic layer was washed with water (2×100 mL). Finally, the organiclayer was dried (Na₂SO₄) and concentrated. The resulting residue wasstirred with 50 mL of heptane for 30 min, cooled in an ice bath andfiltered, washing the solid with cold heptane (10 mL). This creamcolored solid was dried under high vacuum to give 5.6 g of tert-butyl2-(3-acetyl-6-bromo-1H-indol-1-yl)acetate.

tert-Butyl 2-(3-acetyl-6-bromo-1H-indol-1-yl)acetate (67 mg) was treatedwith 4 N HCl in dioxane (5 mL) at rt overnight. The volatiles wereremoved under reduced pressure to give2-(3-acetyl-6-(diethoxyphosphoryl)-1H-indol-1-yl)acetic acid Int-4.

Example 16 Synthesis of Diethyl(3-Acetyl-1-(2-((2S,4R)-2-((3-Chloro-2-Fluorobenzyl)Carbamoyl)-4-Fluoropyrrolidin-1-yl)-2-Oxoethyl)-1H-Indol-6-yl)Phosphonate(1)

Under an atmosphere of argon gas, trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride(250 μL) was added dropwise to a cooled (0° C.) solution of(2S,4R)-1-(2-(3-acetyl-6-hydroxy-1H-indol-1-yl)acetyl)-N-(3-chloro-2-fluorobenzyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidine-2-carboxamide(551 mg) in pyridine (10 mL). The resulting solution was stirred at 0°C. for 2.5 h, allowed to warm to rt, and concentrated under reducedpressure to give an oil. This material was dissolved in ethyl acetate(75 mL), and the resulting solution was washed with a 1 M aqueoussolution of citric acid (2×25 mL), washed with brine (25 mL), dried oversodium sulfate, and evaporated under reduce pressure to give the crudeproduct. This material was purified by flash column chromatography onsilica (methanol/dichloromethane gradient, 0 to 5% v/v) to give3-acetyl-1-(2-((2S,4R)-2-((3-chloro-2-fluorobenzyl)carbamoyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidin-1-yl)-2-oxoethyl)-1H-indol-6-yltrifluoromethanesulfonate as a solid. LC-MS (method A): t_(R) 2.24 min,m/z found 622 ([M+H]⁺).

Under an atmosphere of argon gas, a mixture of3-acetyl-1-(2-((2S,4R)-2-((3-chloro-2-fluorobenzyl)carbamoyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidin-1-yl)-2-oxoethyl)-1H-indol-6-yltrifluoromethanesulfonate (526 mg), diethyl phosphite (1.2 mL),triethylamine (217 μL), and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0)(100 mg) in tetrahydrofuran (30 mL) was stirred at 100° C. in a sealedtube for 18 h. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to roomtemperature and concentrated under reduced pressure. The remainingresidue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica(methanol/dichloromethane gradient, 0 to 5% v/v) to give diethyl(3-acetyl-1-(2-((2S,4R)-2-((3-chloro-2-fluorobenzyl)carbamoyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidin-1-yl)-2-oxoethyl)-1H-indol-6-yl)phosphonate1 as a solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆, 300 K): (major rotamer) δ 1.20(2×t, J=7.2 Hz, 6H), 2.00-2.19 (m, 1H), 2.45 (s, 3H), 2.48-2.57 (m, 1H),3.85-4.06 (m, 5H), 4.11-4.53 (m, 4H), 5.30 (d, J=17.0 Hz, 1H), 5.43-5.60(m, 2H), 6.99 (m, 1H), 7.23 (m, 1H), 7.41 (m, 1H), 7.52 (m, 1H), 7.92(m, 1H), 8.32 (m, 1H), 8.40 (s, 1H), 8.61 (t, J=5.9 Hz, 1H). ¹⁹F NMR(376 MHz, DMSO-d₆, 300 K): (major rotamer) 8-176.1 (s, 1F), −121.8 (s,1F). ³¹P NMR (162 MHz, DMSO-d₆, 300 K): (major rotamer) 819.8 (s). LC-MS(method A): t_(R) 1.83 min, m/z found 610 ([M+H]⁺).

Example 17 Synthesis of Ethyl Hydrogen(3-Acetyl-1-(2-((2S,4R)-2-((3-Chloro-2-Fluorobenzyl)Carbamoyl)-4-Fluoropyrrolidin-1-yl)-2-Oxoethyl)-1H-Indol-6-yl)Phosphonate(2)

Under an atmosphere of argon gas at rt, bromotrimethylsilane (132 mg)was added to a solution of diethyl(3-acetyl-1-(2-((2S,4R)-2-((3-chloro-2-fluorobenzyl)carbamoyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidin-1-yl)-2-oxoethyl)-1H-indol-6-yl)phosphonate1 (200 mg) in dichloromethane (5 mL) at rt. The resulting solution wasstirred for 3 h (when, as judged by LC-MS analysis, the majority of themixture was the desired monoethyl phosphonate) and evaporated to drynessunder reduced pressure. The residue was treated with a mixture ofdichloromethane and methanol (3:1 v/v, 15 mL) and evaporated underreduced pressure. This treatment was repeated once, and the remainingsolid was washed with ethyl acetate (15 mL), and dried in vacuoovernight. Ethyl hydrogen(3-acetyl-1-(2-((2S,4R)-2-((3-chloro-2-fluorobenzyl)carbamoyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidin-1-yl)-2-oxoethyl)-1H-indol-6-yl)phosphonate2 was purified by HPLC to give 25 mg of solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆,300 K): (major rotamer) δ 1.15 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H), 2.00-2.19 (m, 1H),2.45 (s, 3H), 2.46-2.56 (m, 1H), 3.80-4.01 (m, 3H), 4.13-4.54 (m, 4H),5.29 (d, J=17.3 Hz, 1H), 5.44-5.61 (m, 2H), 7.04 (m, 1H), 7.25 (m, 1H),7.43 (m, 1H), 7.52 (m, 1H), 7.90 (d, J=14.7 Hz, 1H), 8.29 (m, 1H), 8.37(s, 1H), 8.64 (t, J=5.9 Hz, 1H). ¹⁹F NMR (376 MHz, DMSO-d₆, 300 K):(major rotamer) 8-176.0 (s, 1F), −121.8 (s, 1F). ³¹P NMR (162 MHz,DMSO-d₆, 300 K): (major rotamer) δ16.8 (s). LC-MS (Method A): t_(R) 1.20min, m/z found 582 ([M+H]⁺).

Example 18 Synthesis of(3-Acetyl-1-(2-((2S,4R)-2-((3-Chloro-2-Fluorobenzyl)Carbamoyl)-4-Fluoropyrrolidin-1-yl)-2-Oxoethyl)-1H-Indol-6-yl)PhosphonicAcid (3)

Under an atmosphere of argon gas at rt, bromotrimethylsilane (233 mg)was added to a solution of diethyl(3-acetyl-1-(2-((2S,4R)-2-((3-chloro-2-fluorobenzyl)carbamoyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidin-1-yl)-2-oxoethyl)-1H-indol-6-yl)phosphonate1 (150 mg) in dichloromethane (5 mL) at rt. The resulting solution wasstirred for 18 h and evaporated to dryness under reduced pressure. Theremaining residue was treated with a mixture of dichloromethane andmethanol (3:1 v/v, 15 mL) and evaporated under reduced pressure. Thistreatment was repeated once, and the remaining solid was washed withethyl acetate (15 mL), and dried in vacuo overnight to give 132 mg of(3-acetyl-1-(2-((2S,4R)-2-((3-chloro-2-fluorobenzyl)carbamoyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidin-1-yl)-2-oxoethyl)-1H-indol-6-yl)phosphonicacid 3. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆, 300 K): (major rotamer) 82.01-2.20 (m,1H), 2.44 (s, 3H), 2.38-2.49 (m, 1H), 3.84-4.01 (m, 1H), 4.14-4.56 (m,4H), 5.28 (d, J=17.1 Hz, 1H), 5.43-5.62 (m, 2H), 7.07 (m, 1H), 7.26 (m,1H), 7.44 (m, 1H), 7.55 (m, 1H), 7.89 (d, J=14.5 Hz, 1H), 8.26 (m, 1H),8.35 (s, 1H), 8.66 (t, J=5.9 Hz, 1H). ¹⁹F NMR (376 MHz, DMSO-d₆, 300 K):(major rotamer) 8-176.0 (s, 1F), −121.7 (s, 1F). ³¹P NMR (162 MHz,DMSO-d₆, 300 K): (major rotamer) δ14.2 (s). LC-MS (method A): t_(R) 1.06min, m/z found 554 ([M+H]⁺).

Example 19 Synthesis of(3-Acetyl-1-(2-((2S,3Ar,6Ar)-2-((3-Chloro-2-Fluorobenzyl)Carbamoyl)Hexahydrocyclopenta[B]Pyrrol-1 (2H)-yl)-2-Oxoethyl)-1H-Indol-6-yl)Phosphonic Acid (7)

To a mixture of 2-(3-acetyl-6-(diethoxyphosphoryl)-1H-indol-1-yl)aceticacid Int-4 (0.164 mmol) and(2S,3aR,6aR)—N-(3-chloro-2-fluorobenzyl)octahydrocyclopenta[b]pyrrole-2-carboxamideTFA salt Int-3 (1.2 equiv) in DMF (2 mL), was added HATU (1.2 equiv)followed by DIEA (3.0 equiv). After stirring at rt for 1 h, thevolatiles were removed under reduced pressure and the remaining residuewas purified by column chromatography (7% MeOH in DCM as eluent) to givediethyl (3-acetyl-1-(2-((2S,3aR,6aR)-2-((3-chloro-2-fluorobenzyl)carbamoyl)hexahydrocyclopenta[b]pyrrol-1(2H)-yl)-2-oxoethyl)-1H-indol-6-yl)phosphonate 5 (43 mg). LC-MS (methodA): t_(R) 2.13 min, m/z found 632 ([M+H]⁺).

(3-Acetyl-1-(2-((2S,3aR,6aR)-2-((3-chloro-2-fluorobenzyl)carbamoyl)hexahydrocyclopenta[b]pyrrol-1(2H)-yl)-2-oxoethyl)-1H-indol-6-yl)phosphonate was treated with TMSBr (7equiv) in DCM at rt overnight. After evaporation under reduced pressure,the remaining residue was treated with a mixture of dichloromethane andmethanol (3:1 v/v, 15 mL) and evaporated under reduced pressure. Thistreatment was repeated once, and the remaining solid was washed withethyl acetate (15 mL), and dried in vacuo overnight to give(3-acetyl-1-(2-((2S,3aR,6aR)-2-((3-chloro-2-fluorobenzyl)carbamoyl)hexahydrocyclopenta[b]pyrrol-1(2H)-yl)-2-oxoethyl)-1H-indol-6-yl)phosphonic acid 7 (17 mg). ¹H NMR(400 MHz, methanol-d₄, 300 K): (major rotamer) δ1.49-1.53 (m, 1H),1.58-1.66 (m, 1H), 1.70-1.80 (m, 1H), 1.98-2.05 (m, 1H), 2.17-2.23 (m,1H), 2.35-2.45 (m, 2H), 2.88-2.94 (m, 1H), 4.31-4.33 (m, 2H), 4.45-4.47(m, 1H), 4.51-4.58 (m, 1H), 5.08 (d, J=18 Hz, 1H), 5.33 (d, J=17 Hz,1H), 6.95 (t, J=8 Hz, 1H), 7.15-7.27 (m, 2H), 7.56 (t, J=8 Hz, 1H), 7.78(d, J=15 Hz, 1H), 8.25 (s, 1H), 8.26-8.28 (m, 1H). ¹⁹F NMR (376 MHz,methanol-d₄, 300 K): (major rotamer) δ−123.3 (s). ³¹P NMR (162 MHz,methanol-d₄, 300 K): (major rotamer) δ17.6 (s). LC-MS (method A): t_(R)1.44 min, m/z found 576 ([M+H]⁺).

Example 20 Synthesis of(3-Carbamoyl-1-(2-((2S,4R)-2-((3-Chloro-2-Fluorobenzyl)Carbamoyl)-4-Fluoropyrrolidin-1-yl)-2-Oxoethyl)-1H-Indazol-6-yl)PhosphonicAcid (18)

To a solution of ethyl 6-bromo-1H-indazole-3-carboxylate (2.69 g, 10mmol) and tert-butyl 2-bromoacetate (2.73 g, 2.1 mL, 14.0 mmol) in CH₃CN(70 mL), was added solid potassium carbonate (3.18 g, 23 mmol). Themixture was heated at reflux in an oil bath overnight under anatmosphere of argon gas. The reaction mixture was cooled to rt andfiltered through a pad of Celite®. The solid cake was washed with CH₃CN(20 mL), and the combined solution was concentrated under reducedpressure. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography onsilica to afford ethyl6-bromo-1-(2-(tert-butoxy)-2-oxoethyl)-1H-indazole-3-carboxylate (3.3g). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃, 300 K): δ 1.45 (s, 9H), 1.48 (t, J=7.2 Hz,3H), 4.52 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 5.11 (s, 2H), 7.42 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.56(s, 1H), 8.08 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H).

Under an atmosphere of argon gas, a mixture of ethyl6-bromo-1-(2-(tert-butoxy)-2-oxoethyl)-1H-indazole-3-carboxylate (3.3 g,8.6 mmol), diethyl phosphite (1.45 mL, 11.2 mmol), triethylamine (1.78mL, 12.9 mmol), and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (0.09 mmol)in tetrahydrofuran (100 mL) was heated at reflux overnight. The reactionmixture was allowed to cool to rt and concentrated under reducedpressure. The remaining residue was purified by flash columnchromatography on silica to afford ethyl1-(2-(tert-butoxy)-2-oxoethyl)-6-(diethoxyphosphoryl)-1H-indazole-3-carboxylateas an oil (3.98 g). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃, 300 K): δ 1.33 (t, J=7.2 Hz,6H), 1.45 (s, 9H), 1.49 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H), 4.13-4.21 (m, 4H), 4.53 (q,J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 5.22 (s, 2H), 7.65 (dd, J=0.8, 8.4 Hz, 1H), 8.02 (d,J=15.2 Hz, 1H), 8.33 (dd, J=2.8, 8.4 Hz, 1H). ³¹P NMR (162 MHz, DMSO-d₆,300 K): δ 18.36.

Ethyl1-(2-(tert-butoxy)-2-oxoethyl)-6-(diethoxyphosphoryl)-1H-indazole-3-carboxylate(3.98 g, 9.03 mmol) was dissolved in 20 mL of DCM and treated with 5 mLTFA. The mixture was stirred overnight at rt. The volatiles were removedunder reduced pressure and the residue was co-evaporated with toluene(10 mL) twice. The dried residue was used directly in the next syntheticstep.

2-(6-(Diethoxyphosphoryl)-3-(ethoxycarbonyl)-1H-indazol-1-yl)acetic acid(2.18 g, 4.37 mmol) was mixed with(2S,4R)—N-(3-chloro-2-fluorobenzyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidine-2-carboxamidehydrochloride Int-1 (1.36 g, 4.37 mmol), HATU (1.91 g, 5.02 mmol), andDMF (25 mL). To the resulting solution was added DIEA (4.5 mmol, 0.78mL) dropwise. The mixture was stirred for 1 h at rt and the volatileswere removed under reduced pressure. The remaining residue was dilutedwith 10% aqueous sodium carbonate (20 mL) and water (50 mL), and thenextracted with ethyl acetate (3×50 mL). The combined organic extractswere washed with water and brine, and then dried over MgSO₄. Thesolution was filtered and the solvent was removed under reducedpressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography to affordethyl1-(2-((2S,4R)-2-((3-chloro-2-fluorobenzyl)carbamoyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidin-1-yl)-2-oxoethyl)-6-(diethoxyphosphoryl)-1H-indazole-3-carboxylate11. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆, 300 K): (major rotamer) δ 1.24 (t, J=7.2Hz, 6H), 1.39 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H), 2.04-2.18 (m, 1H), 2.46-2.57 (m, 1H),3.92-4.02 (m, 1H), 4.04-4.08 (m, 4H), 4.11-4.36 (m, 2H), 4.38-4.48 (m,4H), 5.53 (d, J=52.8 Hz, 1H), 5.64-5.98 (m, 2H), 7.0 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 1H),7.21 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.41 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.59-7.64 (m, 1H),8.20-8.27 (m, 2H), 8.61 (t, J=6.0, 1H). ³¹P NMR (162 MHz, DMSO-d₆, 300K): (major rotamer) δ 18.07. ¹⁹F NMR (376 MHz, DMSO-d₆, 300 K): (majorrotamer) δ−121.83, −176.17. LC (method A): t_(R)=2.15 min. LC/MS (EI)m/z: [M+H]⁺ 641.

Ethyl1-(2-((2S,4R)-2-((3-chloro-2-fluorobenzyl)carbamoyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidin-1-yl)-2-oxoethyl)-6-(diethoxyphosphoryl)-1H-indazole-3-carboxylate11 (692 mg, 1.08 mmol) was dissolved in co-solvent MeOH-THF-H₂O (3 mL-3mL-3 mL) and then mixed with LiOH (42 mg, 1.75 mmol). The reactionmixture was stirred overnight at rt. The volatiles were removed underreduced pressure and the residue was acidified with 10% aqueous citricacid (10 mL). The white solid was collected by filtration, washed withwater, and dried in vacuo to afford1-(2-((2S,4R)-2-((3-chloro-2-fluorobenzyl)carbamoyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidin-1-yl)-2-oxoethyl)-6-(diethoxyphosphoryl)-1H-indazole-3-carboxylicacid 12. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆, 300 K): (major rotamer) δ 1.23 (t,J=7.2 Hz, 6H), 2.04-2.20 (m, 1H), 2.46-2.57 (m, 1H), 3.87-4.02 (m, 1H),3.98-4.08 (m, 4H), 4.17-4.38 (m, 2H), 4.40-4.45 (m, 2H), 5.53 (d, J=52.8Hz, 1H), 5.64-5.98 (m, 2H), 7.01 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.21 (t, J=7.2 Hz,1H), 7.41 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.59-7.64 (m, 1H), 8.21-8.27 (m, 2H), 8.61(t, J=6.0, 1H). ³¹P NMR (162 MHz, DMSO-d₆, 300K): (major rotamer) δ18.27. ¹⁹F NMR (376 MHz, DMSO-d₆, 300 K): (major rotamer) 6-121.83,−176.18. LC (method A): t_(R)=1.65 min. LC/MS (EI) m/z: [M+H]⁺ 613.

1-(2-((2S,4R)-2-((3-Chloro-2-fluorobenzyl)carbamoyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidin-1-yl)-2-oxoethyl)-6-(diethoxyphosphoryl)-1H-indazole-3-carboxylicacid 12 (584 mg, 0.95 mmol) was mixed with NH₄Cl (153 mg, 2.85 mmol) in5 mL DMF. To this solution was added HATU (1.42 mmol), followed bydropwise addition of DIEA (3 mL). The mixture was stirred for 3 h at rtand the volatiles were removed under reduced presssure. The residue wasdiluted with 10% aqueous sodium carbonate (15 mL) and water (15 mL), andthen extracted with ethyl acetate (3×25 mL). The combined organicextracts were washed successively with water and brine, dried overMgSO₄, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The remaining residuewas purified by column chromatography to afford diethyl(3-carbamoyl-1-(2-((2S,4R)-2-((3-chloro-2-fluorobenzyl)carbamoyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidin-1-yl)-2-oxoethyl)-1H-indazol-6-yl)phosphonate17 (547 mg). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆, 300 K): (major rotamer) δ 1.23(t, J=7.2 Hz, 6H), 2.02-2.18 (m, 1H), 2.46-2.55 (m, 1H), 3.88-4.02 (m,1H), 3.98-4.08 (m, 4H), 4.17-4.45 (m, 4H), 5.55 (d, J=52.8 Hz, 1H),5.64-5.84 (m, 2H), 7.0 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.21 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.41(t, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.48-7.56 (m, 2H), 7.77 (s, 1H), 8.15 (d, J=15.6 Hz,1H), 8.33-8.36 (m, 1H), 8.64 (t, J=6.0 Hz, 1H). ³¹P NMR (162 MHz,DMSO-d₆, 300 K): (major rotamer) δ 18.48. ¹⁹F NMR (376 MHz, DMSO-d₆, 300K): (major rotamer) δ−121.80, −176.12. LC (method A): t_(R)=1.59 min.LC/MS (EI) m/z: [M+H]⁺ 612.

To a mixture of diethyl(3-carbamoyl-1-(2-((2S,4R)-2-((3-chloro-2-fluorobenzyl)carbamoyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidin-1-yl)-2-oxoethyl)-1H-indazol-6-yl)phosphonate17 (230 mg, 0.37 mmol) in dichloromethane (30 mL) was addedbromotrimethylsilane (0.8 mL) under an atmosphere of argon gas at rt.The resulting solution was stirred overnight, and evaporated to drynessunder reduced pressure. The remaining residue was purified by columnchromatography (eluted with DCM 10 min, gradient 0-30% MeOH containing5% AcOH 20 min) and co-evaporated with toluene (20 mL) twice. Theresidue was rinsed with water, dissolved in 15 mL of CH₃CN—H₂O (3:1),and lyophilized to afford 18 (58 mg) as a powder. ¹H NMR (400 MHz,DMSO-d₆, 300 K): (major rotamer) δ 1.92-2.09 (m, 1H), 2.36-2.47 (m, 1H),3.20 (br, 2H), 3.80-3.90 (m, 1H), 4.11-4.43 (m, 4H), 5.36-5.73 (m, 3H),6.99 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (t, J=6.4 Hz, 1H), 7.32-7.36 (m, 2H),7.46-7.51 (m, 1H), 7.64 (s, 1H), 8.98 (d, J=14.8 Hz, 1H), 8.17 (dd,J=2.8, 8.0 Hz, 1H), 8.57 (t, J=5.6 Hz, 1H), 11.20 (br, 2H). ³¹P NMR (162MHz, DMSO-d₆, 300K): (major rotamer) δ 12.65. ¹⁹F NMR (376 MHz, DMSO-d₆,300 K): (major rotamer) δ−121.69, −176.06. LC (method A): t_(R)=0.70min. LC/MS (EI) m/z: [M+H]⁺ 556.

Example 21 Synthesis of(((3-Acetyl-1-(2-((2S,4R)-2-((3-Chloro-2-Fluorobenzyl)Carbamoyl)-4-Fluoropyrrolidin-1-yl)-2-Oxoethyl)-1H-Indol-6-yl)Phosphoryl)Bis(Oxy))Bis(Methylene)Bis(2,2-Dimethylpropanoate) (26) and(((3-ACETYL-1-(2-((2S,4R)-2-((3-Chloro-2-Fluorobenzyl)Carbamoyl)-4-Fluoropyrrolidin-1-yl)-2-Oxoethyl)-1H-Indol-6-yl)(Hydroxy)Phosphoryl)Oxy)MethylPivalate (28)

A mixture of(3-acetyl-1-(2-((2S,4R)-2-((3-chloro-2-fluorobenzyl)carbamoyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidin-1-yl)-2-oxoethyl)-1H-indol-6-yl)phosphonicacid 3 (128 mg, 0.23 mmol), chloromethyl pivalate (209 mg, 1.4 mmol, 6.0equiv), and TEA (143 mg, 0.2 mL, 6.0 equiv) in DMF (2.5 mL) was heatedin a 55° C. oil bath overnight. Additional chloromethyl pivalate (209mg, 1.4 mmol, 6.0 equiv) and TEA (143 mg, 0.2 mL, 6.0 equiv) were addedand the reaction mixture was stirred at 55° C. for 24 h. The mixture wascooled to rt and the volatiles were removed under reduced pressure. Theremaining residue was purified by column chromatography (eluted withDCM/MeOH) to give 26 (89.3 mg) and 28 (18.9 mg). 26: ¹H NMR (400 MHz,DMSO-d₆, 300 K): (major rotamer) δ 1.03 (s, 18H), 2.05-2.20 (m, 1H),2.46 (s, 3H), 2.50-2.60 (m, 1H), 3.81-3.98 (m, 1H), 4.12-4.47 (m, 4H),5.29-5.51 (m, 2H), 5.60-5.63 (m, 5H), 7.0 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.24 (t,J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.42 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.47-7.52 (m, 1H), 8.01 (d,J=15.6 Hz, 1H), 8.32-8.35 (m, 1H), 8.43 (s, 1H), 8.62 (t, J=6.0 Hz, 1H).³¹P NMR (162 MHz, DMSO-d₆, 300K): (major rotamer) δ 19.97. ¹⁹F NMR (376MHz, DMSO-d₆, 300 K): (major rotamer) δ−121.77, −176.00. LC (method A):t_(R)=2.41 min. LC/MS (EI) m/z: [M+H]⁺ 782. 28: ¹H NMR (400 MHz,DMSO-d₆, 300 K): (major rotamer) δ 0.89 (s, 9H), 1.97-2.11 (m, 1H), 2.37(s, 3H), 2.41-2.44 (m, 1H), 3.78-3.82 (m, 1H), 3.87-3.91 (m, 1H),4.07-4.65 (m, 3H), 5.19-5.42 (m, 2H), 5.42-5.51 (m, 3H), 6.96 (t, J=7.6Hz, 1H), 7.17 (t, J=6.8 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.42-7.47 (m,1H), 7.87 (d, J=14.8 Hz, 1H), 8.20-8.23 (m, 1H), 8.29 (s, 1H), 8.54 (t,J=5.6 Hz). ³¹P NMR (162 MHz, DMSO-d₆, 300K): (major rotamer) δ 16.52.¹⁹F NMR (376 MHz, DMSO-d₆, 300 K): (major rotamer) δ−121.24, −176.00. LC(method A): t_(R)=1.14 min. LC/MS (EI) m/z: [M+H]⁺ 668.

Example 22 Synthesis of(3-Acetyl-1-(2-((2S,4R)-2-((3-Chloro-2-Fluorobenzyl)Carbamoyl)-4-Fluoropyrrolidin-1-yl)-2-Oxoethyl)-5-Fluoro-1H-Indol-6-yl)PhosphonicAcid (31)

tert-Butyl 2-(3-acetyl-6-bromo-5-fluoro-1H-indol-1-yl)acetate (1.28 g),which was prepared from 6-bromo-5-fluoro-1H-indole (1 g) usingprocedures analogous to those described for the synthesis of tert-butyl2-(3-acetyl-6-bromo-1H-indol-1-yl)acetate leading to Int-4, was treatedwith 4 N HCl in 1,4-dioxane (20 mL) at rt for 48 h. The volatiles wereremoved under reduced pressure to give2-(3-acetyl-6-bromo-5-fluoro-1H-indol-1-yl)acetic acid that was useddirectly in the next synthetic step.

A mixture of 2-(3-acetyl-6-bromo-5-fluoro-1H-indol-1-yl)acetic acid andInt-1 (1.07 g) in DMF (30 mL) was treated with HATU (2.63 g) followed byDIEA (2.83 mL) at rt. After stirring overnight at rt, the reactionmixture was poured into 10% aqueous NaCl (300 mL). The resultingprecipitate was collected by filtration and purified by columnchromatography using MeOH in DCM as eluent to afford(2S,4R)-1-(2-(3-acetyl-6-bromo-5-fluoro-1H-indol-1-yl)acetyl)-N-(3-chloro-2-fluorobenzyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidine-2-carboxamide.

A mixture of(2S,4R)-1-(2-(3-acetyl-6-bromo-5-fluoro-1H-indol-1-yl)acetyl)-N-(3-chloro-2-fluorobenzyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidine-2-carboxamide(0.52 g), TEA (2 equiv), and diethyl phosphite (10 equiv) in DMF (10 mL)was sparged with argon gas for 10 min.Tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (115 mg) was added and themixture was stirred at 100° C. under an atmosphere of argon gasovernight. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and theresidue was purified by column chromatography using MeOH in DCM aseluent to give diethyl(3-acetyl-1-(2-((2S,4R)-2-((3-chloro-2-fluorobenzyl)carbamoyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidin-1-yl)-2-oxoethyl)-5-fluoro-1H-indol-6-yl)phosphonate.

Diethyl(3-acetyl-1-(2-((2S,4R)-2-((3-chloro-2-fluorobenzyl)carbamoyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidin-1-yl)-2-oxoethyl)-5-fluoro-1H-indol-6-yl)phosphonate(100 mg) in DCM (1 mL) was treated with TMSBr (0.5 mL) at rt overnight.After the solvent was removed under reduced pressure, the residue wasco-evaporated with 20% MeOH in DCM (20 mL) and washed with EtOAc to give31 (60 mg). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆, 300 K): (major rotamer) δ2.01-2.18(m, 1H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 2.38-2.49 (m, 1H), 3.84-4.01 (m, 2H), 4.14-4.45(m, 4H), 5.26 (d, J=17.1 Hz, 1H), 5.50 (d, J=52.8 Hz, 1H), 5.51 (d,J=17.2 Hz, 1H), 7.06 (t, J=8 Hz, 1H), 7.24 (t, J=8 Hz, 1H), 7.41 (t, J=8Hz, 1H), 7.83-7.88 (m, 2H), 8.37 (s, 1H), 8.62 (t, J=5.9 Hz, 1H). ¹⁹FNMR (376 MHz, DMSO-d₆, 300 K): (major rotamer) δ−177.0 (s, 1F), −121.7(s, 1F), −114.5 (s, 1F). ³¹P NMR (162 MHz, DMSO-d₆, 300 K): (majorrotamer) δ8.24 (s). LC-MS (method A): t_(R) 0.93 min, m/z found 572([M+H]+).

Example 23 Synthesis(1-(2-((2S,4R)-2-((3-Chloro-2-Fluorobenzyl)Carbamoyl)-4-Fluoropyrrolidin-1-yl)-2-Oxoethyl)-3-(2,2,2-Trifluoroacetyl)-1H-Indol-6-yl)PhosphonicAcid (32)

6-Bromoindole (1.0 g) was dissolved in DMF (10 mL) and cooled in an icebath. Trifluoroacetic anhydride (0.85 mL) was added to this ice-coldsolution dropwise and stirred for 2.5 h at this temperature. Thereaction mixture was then quenched by the addition of 50 mL of water.The precipitate was collected by filtration, washed with water,dissolved in EtOAc, and the solution was washed with a saturated aqueoussolution of NaHCO₃. The organic layer separated, dried (Na₂SO₄), andconcentrated to give 1-(6-bromo-1H-indol-3-yl)-2,2,2-trifluoroethanone(1.5 g) as an orange solid, which was used directly in the nextsynthetic step.

A mixture of 1-(6-bromo-1H-indol-3-yl)-2,2,2-trifluoroethanone (1.45 g),tert-butyl bromoacetate (0.8 mL), and potassium carbonate (0.752 g) inanhydrous acetonitrile (45 mL) was refluxed for 5 h. The reactionmixture was then cooled to rt and the solvent was removed under reducedpressure. The residue was taken in a 1:1 mixture of DCM and water. Thetwo layers were separated and the organic layer was washed with water.Finally, the organic layer was dried (Na₂SO₄) and concentrated. Theresulting residue was stirred with 15 mL of heptane for 30 min, cooledin an ice bath and filtered, washing the solid with cold heptane (10mL). The solid was dried under high vacuum to give tert-butyl2-(6-bromo-3-(2,2,2-trifluoroacetyl)-1H-indol-1-yl)acetate (1.6 g).

tert-Butyl 2-(6-bromo-3-(2,2,2-trifluoroacetyl)-1H-indol-1-yl)acetate(1.5 g) was stirred in 4.0 N HCl in dioxane (15 mL) overnight. Thesolvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was dissolvedin DMF (15 mL). Int-1 (1.2 g) was added, followed by of DIEA (3.2 mL).This mixture was cooled in an ice bath and HATU (1.7 g) was added. Thecooling bath was then removed and the reaction mixture was stirred at rtfor 1 h. The reaction mixture was then poured into water (150 mL) andthe resulting solid was collected by filtration, washed with water, anddried under high vacuum to give(2S,4R)-1-(2-(6-bromo-3-(2,2,2-trifluoroacetyl)-1H-indol-1-yl)acetyl)-N-(3-chloro-2-fluorobenzyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidine-2-carboxamide(1.9 g).

A mixture of(2S,4R)-1-(2-(6-bromo-3-(2,2,2-trifluoroacetyl)-1H-indol-1-yl)acetyl)-N-(3-chloro-2-fluorobenzyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidine-2-carboxamide(0.1 g), diethyl phosphite (0.213 mL), Pd(PPh₃)₄ (38 mg), and TEA (46μL) in DMF (2 mL) was sparged with argon gas. The reaction vessel wasthen sealed and subjected to microwave irradiation for 30 min at 100° C.The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the crude product waspurified by column chromatography (0-2.5% MeOH in DCM) to give diethyl(1-(2-((2S,4R)-2-((3-chloro-2-fluorobenzyl)carbamoyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidin-1-yl)-2-oxoethyl)-3-(2,2,2-trifluoroacetyl)-1H-indol-6-yl)phosphonate(40 mg) as a light yellow solid.

Diethyl (1-(2-((2S,4R)-2-((3-chloro-2-fluorobenzyl)carbamoyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidin-1-yl)-2-oxoethyl)-3-(2,2,2-trifluoroacetyl)-1H-indol-6-yl)phosphonate(40 mg) in dichloromethane (1 mL) was treated with TMSBr (1.1 mL) at rtfor 2 d. The volatiles were removed under reduced pressure. The residueobtained was evaporated with 10% MeOH in DCM (10 mL). The remainingsolid was triturated with tert-butyl methyl ether to give 32 (30 mg) asa light tan solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆, 300 K): (major rotamer) δ1.91-2.18 (m, 1H), 2.67-2.89 (m, 1H), 3.87-4.53 (m, 4H), 5.45 (d, J=17.2Hz, 1H), 5.52 (d, J=55.6 Hz, 1H), 5.67 (d, J=17.2 Hz, 1H), 7.03 (t,J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.24 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.41 (t, J=6.8 Hz, 2H), 7.69 (dd,J=12, 8 Hz, 2H), 7.99 (d, J=14.4 Hz, 1H), 8.27 (dd, J=8.4, 3.2 Hz, 1H),8.58 (s, 1H), 8.62 (t, J=5.6 Hz, 1H). ¹⁹F NMR (376 MHz, DMSO-d₆, 300 K):(major rotamer) δ−71.6, −121.7, −175.9. LC (method A): t_(R)=1.54 min.LC/MS (EI) m/z: found, 608 ([M+H]⁺).

Example 24 Non-Limiting Examples of Compounds of Formula I

Table 1 shows illustrative compounds of Formula I with characaterizingdata. The assay of Example 25 was used to determine the ICso's of thecompounds. Other standard factor D inhibition assays are also available.Three ***s are used to denote compounds with an IC₅₀ less than 1micromolar; two **s indicate compound with an IC₅₀ between 1 micromolarand 10 micromolar, and one * denotes compounds with an IC₅₀ greater than10 micromolar.

TABLE 1 RT min Cmp (Method A MS No. Structure Name IC₅₀ or B) (M + 1) 1

diethyl 3-acetyl-1-(2- ((2S,4R)-2-(3-chloro-2- fluorobenzylcarbamoyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidin- 1-yl)-2-oxoethyl)-1H- indol-6-ylphosphonate *** 1.83(A) 610 2

ethyl hydrogen 3-acetyl- 1-(2-((2S,4R)-2- (3-chloro-2-fluorobenzylcarbamoyl)- 4-fluoropyrrolidin-1-yl)- 2-oxoethyl)-1H-indol-6-ylphosphonate *** 1.20 (A) 582 3

3-acetyl-1-(2-((2S,4R)- 2-(3-chloro-2- fluorobenzylcarbamoyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidin- 1-yl)-2-oxoethyl)- 1H-indol- 6-ylphosphonic acid ***1.06 (A) 554 4

((3-acetyl-1-(2-((2S,4R)- 2-(3-chloro-2- fluorobenzylcarbamoyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidin-1-yl)- 2-oxoethyl)-1H-indol- 6-yl)phosphoryl)bis(oxy)bis(methylene) isopropyl dicarbonate *** 2.31 (A) 786 5

diethyl 3-acetyl-1-(2- ((2S,3aR,6aR)-2- (3-chloro-2-fluorobenzylcarbamoyl) hexahydrocyclopenta [b]pyrrol-1(2H)-yl)-2-oxoethyl)-1H-indol- 6-ylphosphonate ** 2.13 (A) 632 6

((3-acetyl-1-(2-((2S,4R)- 2-(3-chloro-2- fluorobenzylcarbamoyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidin-1-yl)- 2-oxoethyl)-1H- indol-6-yl)(ethoxy)phosphoryloxy) methyl isopropyl carbonate *** 2.08 (A) 698 7

3-acetyl-1-(2- ((2S,3aR,6aR)-2- (3-chloro-2- fluorobenzylcarbamoyl)hexahydrocyclopenta [b]pyrrol-1(2H)-yl)- 2-oxoethyl)-1H-indol-6-ylphosphonic acid *** 1.44 (A) 576 8

diethyl 3-acetyl-1-(2- ((2S,4R)-2-(3-chloro-2- fluorobenzylcarbamoyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidin-1-yl)- 2-oxoethyl)-1H-indol- 5-ylphosphonate *** 1.74(A) 610 9

ethyl hydrogen 3- acetyl-1-(2-((2S,4R)- 2-(3-chloro-2-fluorobenzylcarbamoyl)- 4-fluoropyrrolidin-1- yl)-2-oxoethyl)-1H-indol-5-ylphosphonate * 1.19 (A) 582 10

3-acetyl-1-(2-((2S,4R)- 2-(3-chloro-2- fluorobenzylcarbamoyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidin- 1-yl)-2-oxoethyl)- 1H-indol- 5-ylphosphonic acid ***1.04 (A) 554 11

ethyl 1-(2-((2S,4R)-2- (3-chloro-2- fluorobenzylcarbamoyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidin-1- yl)-2-oxoethyl)-6- (diethoxyphosphoryl)-1H-indazole- 3-carboxylate * 2.15 (A) 641 12

1-(2-((2S,4R)-2- (3-chloro-2- fluorobenzylcarbamoyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidin-1- yl)-2-oxoethyl)-6- (diethoxyphosphoryl)-1H-indazole- 3-carboxylic acid * 1.65 (A) 613 13

methyl 1-(2-((2S,4R)- 2-(3-chloro-2- fluorobenzylcarbamoyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidin-1- yl)-2-oxoethyl)-6- (diethoxyphosphoryl)-1H-indole-3-carboxylate *** 2.03 (A) 626 14

1-(2-((2S,4R)-2- (3-chloro-2- fluorobenzylcarbamoyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidin-1- yl)-2-oxoethyl)-3- (methoxycarbonyl)- 1H-indol-6-ylphosphonic acid *** 1.22 (A) 570 15

diethyl 3-carbamoyl-1- (2-((2S,4R)-2- (3-chloro-2-fluorobenzylcarbamoyl)- 4-fluoropyrrolidin- 1-yl)-2-oxoethyl)-1H-indol-6-ylphosphonate *** 1.54 (A) 611 16

3-carbamoyl-1-(2- ((2S,4R)-2- (3-chloro-2- fluorobenzylcarbamoyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidin- 1-yl)-2-oxoethyl)- 1H-indol- 6-ylphosphonic acid ***0.72 (A) 555 17

diethyl 3-carbamoyl-1- (2-((2S,4R)-2- (3-chloro-2-fluorobenzylcarbamoyl)- 4-fluoropyrrolidin- 1-yl)-2-oxoethyl)-1H-indazol- 6-ylphosphonate *** 1.59 (A) 612 18

3-carbamoyl-1- (2-((2S,4R)-2- (3-chloro-2- fluorobenzylcarbamoyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidin- 1-yl)-2-oxoethyl)- 1H-indazol- 6-ylphosphonic acid*** 0.70 (A) 556 19

bis(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl) 3-acetyl-1-(2-((2S,4R)- 2-(3-chloro-2-fluorobenzylcarbamoyl)- 4-fluoropyrrolidin-1- yl)-2-oxoethyl)- 1H-indol-6-ylphosphonate *** 2.26 (A) 718 20

dibutyl 3-acetyl-1- (2-((2S,4R)-2- (3-chloro-2- fluorobenzylcarbamoyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidin- 1-yl)-2-oxoethyl- 1H-indol- 6-ylphosphonate *** 2.47(A) 666 21

butyl hydrogen 3-acetyl- 1-(2-((2S,4R)-2- (3-chloro-2-fluorobenzylcarbamoyl)- 4-fluoropyrrolidin- 1-yl)-2-oxoethyl- 1H-indol-6-ylphosphonate *** 1.49 (A) 610 22

((3-acetyl-1-(2- ((2S,4R)-2- (3-chloro-2- fluorobenzylcarbamoyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidin- 1-yl)-2-oxoethyl)- 1H-indol-6-yl) (hydroxy)phosphoryloxy) methyl isopropyl carbonate *** 1.34 (A) 670 23

ethyl 3-acetyl-1- (2-((2S,4R)-2- (3-chloro-2- fluorobenzylcarbamoyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidin- 1-yl)-2-oxoethyl)- 1H-indol-6-yl (phenyl)phosphinate*** 1.97 (A) 642 24

ethyl 3-acetyl-1-(2- ((2S,4R)-2- (3-chloro-2- fluorobenzylcarbamoyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidin- 1-yl)-2-oxoethyl)- 1H-indol- 6-yl(ethyl)phosphinate*** 1.64 (A) 594 25

3-acetyl-1-(2-((2S,4R)- 2-(3-chloro-2- fluorobenzylcarbamoyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidin- 1-yl)-2-oxoethyl)- 1H-indol- 6-yl(phenyl)phosphinicacid *** 1.49 (A) 614 26

((3-acetyl-1-(2- ((2S,4R)-2- (3-chloro-2- fluorobenzylcarbamoyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidin- 1-yl)-2-oxoethyl)- 1H-indol-6-yl) phosphoryl)bis(oxy)bis(methylene) bis(2,2-dimethyl- propanoate) *** 2.41 (A) 782 27

3-acetyl-1- (2-((2S,4R)-2- (3-chloro-2- fluorobenzylcarbamoyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidin- 1-yl)-2-oxoethyl)- 1H-indol- 6-yl(ethyl) phosphinicacid *** 1.24 (A) 566 28

((3-acetyl-1-(2- ((2S,4R)-2- (3-chloro-2- fluorobenzylcarbamoyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidin- 1-yl)-2-oxoethyl)- 1H-indol-6-yl) (hydroxy)phosphoryloxy) methyl pivalate *** 1.14 (A) 668 29

2,2,2-trifluoroethyl hydrogen 3-acetyl-1- (2-((2S,4R)-2- (3-chloro-2-fluorobenzylcarbamoyl)- 4-fluoropyrrolidin- 1-yl)-2-oxoethyl)- 1H-indol-6-ylphosphonate *** 1.08 (A) 636 30

diethyl 3-acetyl-1- (2-((2S,4R)-2- (3-chloro-2- fluorobenzylcarbamoyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidin- 1-yl)-2-oxoethyl)- 5-fluoro-1H-indol-6-ylphosphonate *** 1.41 (A) 628 31

3-acetyl-1-(2- ((2S,4R)-2- (3-chloro-2- fluorobenzylcarbamoyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidin- 1-yl)-2-oxoethyl)- 5-fluoro-1H-indol- 6-ylphosphonicacid *** 0.93 (A) 572 32

1-(2-((2S,4R)-2- (3-chloro-2- fluorobenzylcarbamoyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidin- 1-yl)-2-oxoethyl)-3- (2,2,2-trifluoroacetyl)-1H-indol- 6-ylphosphonic acid *** 1.54 (A) 608 33

diphenyl 3-acetyl-1- (2-((2S,4R)-2- (3-chloro-2- fluorobenzylcarbamoyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidin- 1-yl)-2-oxoethyl)- 1H-indol- 6-ylphosphonate ***2.44 (A) 707

Example 25 Human Factor D Assay

Human factor D (purified from human serum, Complement Technology, Inc.)at 80 nM final concentration is incubated with test compound at variousconcentrations for 5 minutes at room temperature in 50 mM Tris, 1M NaCl,pH 7.5. A synthetic substrate Z-L-Lys-SBzl and DTNB (Ellman's reagent)are added to final concentrations of 100 M each. The increase in coloris recorded at OD₄₀₅ nm in a microplate in kinetic mode over 30 minuteswith 30 second time points in a spectrofluorimeter. IC₅₀ values arecalculated by non-linear regression from the percentage of inhibition ofcomplement factor D activity as a function of test compoundconcentration.

Example 26 Hemolysis Assay

The hemolysis assay was previously described by G. Ruiz-Gomez, et al.,J. Med. Chem. (2009) 52: 6042-6052. In the assay red blood cells (RBC),rabbit erythrocyctes (purchased from Complement Technologies), arewashed using GVB Buffer (0.1% gelatin, 5 mM Veronal, 145 mM NaCl, 0.025%NaN₃, pH 7.3) plus 10 mM final Mg-EGTA. Cells are used at aconcentration of 1×10⁸ cells/mL. Prior to the hemolysis assay, theoptimum concentration of Normal Human Serum (NHS) needed to achieve 100%lysis of rabbit erythrocytes is determined by titration. NHS (ComplementTechnologies) is incubated with inhibitor for 15 min at 37° C., rabbiterythrocytes in buffer were added and incubated for an additional 30 minat 37° C. Positive control (100% lysis) consists of serum and RBC andnegative control (0% lysis) of Mg-EGTA buffer and RBC only. Samples arecentrifuged at 2000 g for 5 min, and supernatants collected. Opticaldensity of the supernatant is monitored at 405 nm using a UV/visiblespectrophotometer. Percentage lysis in each sample is calculatedrelative to positive control (100% lysis).

Part B. Incorporation of Text of Priorty Documents

For the purpose of assuring full right of priority to the previouslyfiled priority applications, the text of the provisional U.S.Application 62/046,783, filed Sep. 5, 2014, is hereby incorporated byreference and relevant portions are provided below. Where terms areoverlapping, the term as used in a claim is considered to refer to thethe terms as provided in Part A above unless otherwise indicated orclear from the text of the claim, however, all disclosure is consideredpart of the invention for all disclosed purposes.

The disclosure provides compounds of Formula I

and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof. Within Formula I thevariables, e.g, A, B, L,

X¹, X², Q¹, Q², and Q³ carry the following values.

Q¹ is N(R¹) or C(R¹R^(1′)).

Q² is C(R²R^(2′)), C(R²R^(2′))—C(R²R^(2′)), or C(R²R^(2′))O.

Q³ is N(R³), S, or C(R³R^(3′)).

(a) X¹ and X² are independently N or CH, or (b) X¹ and X² together areC═C.

R¹, R^(1′), R², R^(2′), R³, and R^(3′) are independently chosen at eachoccurence from (c) and (d):

(c) hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, amino, C₁-C₆alkyl,C₂-C₆alkenyl, C₁-C₆alkoxy, C₂-C₆alkynyl, C₂-C₆alkanoyl, C₁-C₆thioalkyl,hydroxyC₁-C₆alkyl, aminoC₁-C₆alkyl, —C₀-C₄alkylNR⁹R¹⁰, —C(O)OR⁹,—OC(O)R⁹, —NR⁹C(O)R¹, —C(O)NR⁹R¹⁰, —OC(O)NR⁹R¹⁰, —NR⁹C(O)OR¹⁰,C₁-C₂haloalkyl, and C₁-C₂haloalkoxy, where R⁹ and R¹⁰ are independentlychosen at each occurrence from hydrogen, C₁-C₆alkyl, and(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl)C₀-C₄alkyl;

(d) —C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl) and —O—C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl).

Additionally any one of the following rings (e), (f), (g), (h), (i), or(j) may be present:

(e) R¹ and R^(1′) or R³ and R^(3′) may be taken together to form a 3- to6-membered carbocyclic spiro ring or a 3- to 6-membered heterocyclicspiro ring containing 1 or 2 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O,or S;

(f) R² and R^(2′) may be taken together to form a 3- to 6-memberedcarbocyclic spiro ring,

(g) R² and R^(2′) may be taken together to form a 3- to 6-memberedheterocyclic spiro ring,

each of which spiro rings (e), (f), and (g) is unsubstituted orsubstituted with one or more halogen or methyl substituents;

(h) R¹ and R² may be taken together to form a 3-membered carbocyclicring;

(i) R¹ and R² may be taken together to form a 4- to 6-memberedcarbocyclic ring or a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclic ring containing 1 or2 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S.

(j) R² and R³, if bound to adjacent carbon atoms, may be taken togetherto form a 3- to 6-membered carbocyclic ring or a 3- to 6-memberedheterocyclic ring; each of which ring (g), (h), and (i) may beunsubstituted or substituted with 1 or more substituents independentlychosen from halogen, hydroxyl, cyano, —COOH, C₁-C₄alkyl, C₂-C₄alkenyl,C₁-C₄alkoxy, C₂-C₄alkanoyl, hydroxyC₁-C₄alkyl, (mono- anddi-C₁-C₄alkylamino)C₀-C₄alkyl, —C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl),—O—C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl), C₁-C₂haloalkyl, and C₁-C₂haloalkoxy;

A is a heterocyclic group chosen from (k) and (l) where (k) is

and (l) is

X⁴ is B(OH) and Y is CHR⁹; or X is CHR⁹ and Y is B(OH).

R⁴ is (m) or (n):

(m) —CHO, —CONH₂, or C₂-C₆alkanoyl;

(n) hydrogen, —SO₂NH₂, —C(CH₂)F, —CH(CF₃)NH₂, C₁-C₆alkyl,—C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl), —C(O)C₀-C₂alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl),

each of which R⁴ other than hydrogen, —CHO, and —CONH₂, is unsubstitutedor substituted with one or more of amino, imino, halogen, hydroxyl,cyano, cyanoimino, C₁-C₂alkyl, C₁-C₂alkoxy, —C₀-C₂alkyl(mono- anddi-C₁-C₄alkylamino), C₁-C₂haloalkyl, and C₁-C₂haloalkoxy.

R⁵ and R⁶ are independently chosen from (O) and (p):

(O) —CHO, —C(O)NH₂, —C(O)NH(CH₃), or C₂-C₆alkanoyl;

(p) hydrogen, hydroxyl, halogen, cyano, nitro, —COOH, —SO₂NH₂, vinyl,C₁-C₆alkyl, C₂-C₆alkenyl, C₁-C₆alkoxy, —C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl),—C(O)C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl), —P(O)(OR⁹)₂, —OC(O)R⁹, —C(O)OR⁹,—C(O)N(CH₂CH₂R⁹)(R¹⁰), —NR⁹C(O)R¹⁰ phenyl, or 5- to 6-memberedheteroaryl.

Each R⁵ and R⁶ other than hydrogen, hydroxyl, cyano, and —COOH isunsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituents independentlychosen from halogen, hydroxyl, amino, imino, cyano, cyanoimino,C₁-C₂alkyl, C₁-C₄alkoxy, —C₀-C₂alkyl(mono- and di-C₁-C₄alkylamino),C₁-C₂haloalkyl, and C₁-C₂haloalkoxy.

R^(6′) is hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, C₁-C₄alkyl, or C₁-C₄alkoxy; or R⁶and R^(6′) may be taken together to form an oxo, vinyl, or imino group.

R⁷ is hydrogen, C₁-C₆alkyl, or —C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl.

R⁸ and R^(8′) are independently chosen from hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl,C₁-C₆alkyl, C₁-C₆alkoxy, and (C₁-C₄alkylamino)C₀-C₂alkyl, or R⁸ andR^(8′) are taken together to form an oxo group.

R¹⁶ is 0 or 1 or more substituents independently chosen from halogen,hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, C₁-C₆alkyl, C₂-C₆alkenyl, C₂-C₆alkanoyl,C₁-C₆alkoxy, —C₀-C₄alkyl(mono- and di-C₁-C₆alkylamino),—C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl), C₁-C₂haloalkyl, and C₁-C₂haloalkoxy.

R¹⁹ is hydrogen, C₁-C₆alkyl, C₂-C₆alkenyl, C₂-C₆alkanoyl,—SO₂C₁-C₆alkyl, (mono- and di-C₁-C₆alkylamino)C₁-C₄alkyl,—C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl), each of which R¹⁹ other than hydrogen issubstituted with 0 or 1 or more substituents independently chosen fromhalogen, hydroxyl, amino, —COOH, and —C(O)OC₁-C₄alkyl.

X¹¹ is N or CR¹¹.

X¹² is N or CR¹².

X¹³ is N or CR¹³.

X¹⁴ is N or CR¹⁴.

X¹⁵ is N or CR¹⁵.

No more than 2 of X¹¹, X¹², X¹³, X¹⁴, and X¹⁵ are N.

R¹¹, R¹⁴, and R¹⁵ are independently chosen at each occurrence fromhydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, —O(PO)(OR⁹)₂, —(PO)(OR⁹)₂,C₁-C₆alkyl, C₂-C₆alkenyl, C₂-C₆alkanoyl, C₁-C₆alkoxy, C₁-C₆thioalkyl,—C₀-C₄alkyl(mono- and di-C₁-C₆alkylamino), —C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl),—C₀-C₄alkoxy(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl), C₁-C₂haloalkyl, and C₁-C₂haloalkoxy.

R¹² and R¹³ are independently chosen from (q), (r), and (s):

(q) hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, amino, —COOH,C₁-C₂haloalkyl, and C₁-C₂haloalkoxy,

(r) C₁-C₆alkyl, C₂-C₆alkenyl, C₂-C₆alkanoyl, C₁-C₆alkoxy,C₂-C₆alkenyloxy, —C(O)OR⁹, C₁-C₆thioalkyl, —C₀-C₄alkylNR⁹R¹⁰,—C(O)NR⁹R¹⁰, —SO₂R⁹R¹⁰, —SO₂NR⁹R¹⁰, —OC(O)R⁹, and —C(NR⁹)NR⁹R¹⁰, each ofwhich (r) is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituentsindependently selected from halogen, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, amino,—COOH, —CONH₂ C₁-C₂haloalkyl, and C₁-C₂haloalkoxy, and each of which (r)is also optionally substituted with one substituent chosen from phenyland 4- to 7-membered heterocycle containing 1, 2, or 3 heteroatomsindependently chosen from N, O, and S; which phenyl or 4- to 7-memberedheterocycle is unsubstituted or substituted with one or moresubstituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano,C₁-C₆alkyl, C₂-C₆alkenyl, C₂-C₆alkanoyl, C₁-C₆alkoxy, (mono- anddi-C₁-C₆alkylamino)C₀-C₄alkyl, C₁-C₆alkylester,—C₀-C₄alkyl)(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl), C₁-C₂haloalkyl, and C₁-C₂haloalkoxy;

(s) —C₂-C₆alkynyl, —C₂-C₆alkynylR²³, C₂-C₆alkanoyl, -JC₃-C₇cycloalkyl,—B(OH)₂, -JC(O)NR⁹R²³, -JOSO₂OR²¹, —C(O)(CH₂)₁₋₄S(O)R²¹,—O(CH₂)₁₋₄S(O)NR²¹NR²², -JOP(O)(OR²¹)(OR²²), -JP(O)(OR²¹)(OR²²),-JOP(O)(OR²¹)R²², -JP(O)(OR²¹)R²², -JOP(O)R²¹R²², -JP(O)R²¹R²²,-JSP(O)(OR²¹)(OR²²), -JSP(O)(OR²¹)(R²²), -JSP(O)(R²¹)(R²²),-JNR⁹P(O)(NHR²¹)(N²¹R²²), -JNR⁹P(O)(OR²¹)(NHR²²), -JNR⁹P(O)(OR²¹)(OR²²),-JC(S)R²¹, -JNR²¹SO₂R²², -JNR⁹S(O)NR¹⁰R²², -JNR⁹SO₂NR¹⁰R²²,-JSO₂NR⁹COR²², —O(CH₂)₁₋₄SO₂NR²¹R²², -JSO₂NR⁹CONR²¹R²², -JNR²¹SO₂R²²,-JC(O)NR²¹SO₂R²², -JC(NH₂)NR²², -JC(NH₂)NS(O)₂R²², -JOC(O)NR²¹R²²,-JOC(O)NR²⁴R²⁵-JNR⁹C(O)OR¹⁰, -JNR⁹C(O)OR²³, -JNR²¹OC(O)R²²,—(CH₂)₁₋₄C(O)NR²¹R²², -JC(O)R²⁴R²⁵, -JNR⁹C(O)R²¹, -JC(O)R²¹,-JNR⁹C(O)NR⁹R¹⁰, -JNR⁹C(O)NR¹⁰R²³, -JNR⁹C(O)NR²⁴R²⁵, —CCR²¹,—(CH₂)₁₋₄OC(O)R²¹, -JC(O)OR²³, —C₂-C₄alkylR²³, —C₂-C₄alkenylR²³,—C₂-C₄alkynylR²³, and -Jparacyclophane.

J is independently chosen at each occurrence from a covalent bond,C₁-C₄alkylene, —OC₁-C₄alkylene, C₂-C₄alkenylene, and C₂-C₄alkynylene.

R²¹ and R²² are independently chosen at each occurrence from hydrogen,hydroxyl, cyano, amino, C₁-C₆alkyl, C₁-C₆alkyl, C₁-C₆alkoxy,(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl)C₀-C₄alkyl, (phenyl)C₀-C₄alkyl,—C₁-C₄alkylOC(O)OC₁-C₆alkyl, —C₁-C₄alkylOC(O)C₁-C₆alkyl,—C₁-C₄alkylC(O)OC₁-C₆alkyl, (4- to 7-memberedheterocycloalkyl)C₀-C₄alkyl having 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms independentlychosen from N, O, and S, and (5- or 6-membered unsaturated or aromaticheterocycle)C₀-C₄alkyl having 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms independentlychosen from N, O, and S.

R²³ is independently chosen at each occurrence from(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl)C₀-C₄alkyl, (phenyl)C₀-C₄alkyl, (4- to 7-memberedheterocycloalkyl)C₀-C₄alkyl having 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms independentlychosen from N, O, and S, and (5- or 6-membered unsaturated or aromaticheterocycle)C₀-C₄alkyl having 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms independentlychosen from N, O, and S.

R²⁴ and R²⁵ are taken together with the nitrogen to which they areattached to form a 4- to 7-membered monocyclic heterocycloalkyl group,or a 6- to 10-membered bicyclic heterocyclic group having fused, spiro,or bridged rings.

Each of which (s) may be unsubstituted or substituted with one or moresubstituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano,amino, oxo, —B(OH)₂, —Si(CH₃)₃, —COOH, —CONH₂, —P(O)(OH)₂, C₁-C₆alkyl,C₁-C₆alkoxy, —C₀-C₂alkyl(mono- and di-C₁-C₄alkylamino), C₁-C₆alkylester,C₁-C₄alkylamino, C₁-C₄hydroxylalkyl, C₁-C₂haloalkyl, andC₁-C₂haloalkoxy.

L is either (t), (u), or (v):

(t) is a group of the formula

where R¹⁷ is hydrogen or C₁-C₆alkyl and R¹⁸ and R^(18′) areindependently chosen from hydrogen, halogen, and methyl; and m is 0, 1,2, or 3; and

(u) is a bond,

(v) or a group of the formula

B is a monocyclic or bicyclic carbocyclic or carbocyclic-oxy group or amonocyclic, bicyclic, or tricyclic heterocyclic group having 1, 2, 3, or4 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O, and S and from 4 to 7ring atoms per ring, or B is a C₂-C₆alkenyl or C₂-C₆alkynyl group.

Each of which B is unsubstituted or substituted with one or moresubstituents independently chosen from (w) and (x) and 0 or 1substituents chosen from (y) and (z):

(w) halogen, hydroxyl, —COOH, cyano, C₁-C₆alkyl, C₂-C₆alkanoyl,C₁-C₆alkoxy, —C₀-C₄alkylNR⁹R¹⁰, —SO₂R⁹, C₁-C₂haloalkyl, andC₁-C₂haloalkoxy;

(x) nitro, C₂-C₆alkenyl, C₂-C₆alkynyl, C₁-C₆thioalkyl,-JC₃-C₇cycloalkyl, —B(OH)₂, -JC(O)NR⁹R²³, -JOSO₂OR²¹,—C(O)(CH₂)₁₋₄S(O)R²¹, —O(CH₂)₁₋₄S(O)NR²¹R²², -JOP(O)(OR²¹)(OR²²),-JP(O)(OR²¹)(OR²²), -JOP(O)(OR²¹)R²², -JP(O)(OR²¹)R²², -JOP(O)R²¹R²²,-JP(O)R²¹R²², -JSP(O)(OR²¹)(OR²²), -JSP(O)(OR²¹)(R²²),-JSP(O)(R²¹)(R²²), -JNR⁹P(O)(NHR²¹)(N^(H)R²²),-JNR⁹P(O)(OR²¹)(N^(HR22)), -JNR⁹P(O)(OR²¹)(OR²²), -JC(S)R²¹,-JNR²¹SO₂R²², -JNR⁹S(O)NR¹⁰R²², -JNR⁹SO₂NR¹⁰R²², -JSO₂NR⁹COR²²,-JSO₂NR⁹CONR²¹R²², -JNR²¹SO₂R²², -JC(O)NR²¹SO₂R²², -JC(NH₂)NR²²,-JC(NH₂)NS(O)₂R²², -JOC(O)NR²¹R²², -JNR²¹C(O)OR²², -JNR²¹OC(O)R²²,—(CH₂)₁₋₄C(O)NR²¹R²², -JC(O)R²⁴R²⁵, -JNR⁹C(O)R²¹, -JC(O)R²¹,-JNR⁹C(O)NR¹⁰R²², —CCR²¹, —(CH₂)₁₋₄OC(O)R²¹, and -JC(O)OR²³; each ofwhich (x) may be unsubstituted or substituted with one or moresubstituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano,amino, oxo, —B(OH)₂, —Si(CH₃)₃, —COOH, —CONH₂, —P(O)(OH)₂, C₁-C₆alkyl,C₁-C₆alkoxy, —C₀-C₂alkyl(mono- and di-C₁-C₄alkylamino), C₁-C₆alkylester,C₁-C₄alkylamino, C₁-C₄hydroxylalkyl, C₁-C₂haloalkyl, andC₁-C₂haloalkoxy;

(y) naphthyl, naphthyloxy, indanyl, (4- to 7-memberedheterocycloalkyl)C₀-C₄alkyl containing 1 or 2 heteroatoms chosen from N,O, and S, and bicyclic heterocycle containing 1, 2, or 3 heteroatomsindependently chosen from N, O, and S, and containing 4- to 7-ring atomsin each ring; each of which (y) is unsubstituted or substituted with oneor more substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, nitro,cyano, C₁-C₆alkyl, C₂-C₆alkenyl, C₂-C₆alkanoyl, C₁-C₆alkoxy, (mono- anddi-C₁-C₆alkylamino)C₀-C₄alkyl, C₁-C₆alkylester,—C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl), —SO₂R⁹, C₁-C₂haloalkyl, andC₁-C₂haloalkoxy; and

(z) tetrazolyl, (phenyl)C₀-C₂alkyl, (phenyl)C₁-C₂alkoxy, phenoxy, and 5-or 6-membered heteroaryl containing 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms independentlychosen from N, O, B, and S, each of which (z) is unsubstituted orsubstituted with one or more substituents independently chosen fromhalogen, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, C₁-C₆alkyl, C₂-C₆alkenyl,C₂-C₆alkanoyl, C₁-C₆alkoxy, (mono- and di-C₁-C₆alkylamino)C₀-C₄alkyl,C₁-C₆alkylester, —C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl), —SO₂R⁹,—OSi(CH₃)₂C(CH₃)₃, —Si(CH₃)₂C(CH₃)₃, C₁-C₂haloalkyl, andC₁-C₂haloalkoxy.

Either X² is nitrogen or at least one of (d), (e), (g), (i), (l), (n),(p), (s), (v), (x), and (y) is present. Pharmaceutical compositioncomprising a compound or salt of Formula I together with apharmaceutically acceptable carrier are also disclosed.

Methods of treating or preventing disorders mediated by complementcascade Factor D, such as age-related macular degeneration and retinaldegeneration, comprising administering a therapeutically effectiveamount of a compound or salt of Formula I to a patient in need of suchtreatment are also disclosed.

Terminology of Priority Document

Compounds are described using standard nomenclature. Unless definedotherwise, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the samemeaning as is commonly understood by one of skill in the art to whichthis invention belongs. Unless clearly contraindicated by the contexteach compound name includes the free acid or free base form of thecompound as well as all pharmaceutically acceptable salts of thecompound.

The term “Formula I” encompasses all compounds that satisfy Formula I,including any enantiomers, racemates and stereoisomers, as well as allpharmaceutically acceptable salts of such compounds. “Formula I”includes all subgeneric groups of Formula I, such as Formula IA andFormula IB and also includes pharmaceutically acceptable salts of acompound of Formula I, unless clearly contraindicated by the context inwhich this phrase is used.

The terms “a” and “an” do not denote a limitation of quantity, butrather denote the presence of at least one of the referenced item. Theterm “or” means “and/or”. The open-ended transitional phrase“comprising” encompasses the intermediate transitional phrase“consisting essentially of” and the close-ended phrase “consisting of.”Claims reciting one of these three transitional phrases, or with analternate transitional phrase such as “containing” or “including” can bewritten with any other transitional phrase unless clearly precluded bythe context or art. Recitation of ranges of values are merely intendedto serve as a shorthand method of referring individually to eachseparate value falling within the range, unless otherwise indicatedherein, and each separate value is incorporated into the specificationas if it were individually recited herein. The endpoints of all rangesare included within the range and independently combinable. All methodsdescribed herein can be performed in a suitable order unless otherwiseindicated herein or otherwise clearly contradicted by context. The useof any and all examples, or exemplary language (e.g., “such as”), isintended merely to better illustrate the invention and does not pose alimitation on the scope of the invention unless otherwise claimed. Nolanguage in the specification should be construed as indicating anynon-claimed element as essential to the practice of the invention asused herein. Unless defined otherwise, technical and scientific termsused herein have the same meaning as is commonly understood by one ofskill in the art to which this invention belongs.

Compounds of Formula I include all compounds of Formula I havingisotopic substitutions at any position. Isotopes include those atomshaving the same atomic number but different mass numbers. By way ofgeneral example, and without limitation, isotopes of hydrogen includetritium and deuterium and isotopes of carbon include ¹¹C, ¹³C, and ¹⁴C.While the compounds of Formula I require a moderate or high level ofdeuteration (substitution of a hydrogen with deuterium) at identifiedpositions, Formula I includes embodiments in which other positions areisotopically enriched.

An “active agent” means a compound (including a compound disclosedherein), element, or mixture that when administered to a patient, aloneor in combination with another compound, element, or mixture, confers,directly or indirectly, a physiological effect on the patient. Theindirect physiological effect may occur via a metabolite or otherindirect mechanism.

A dash (“-”) that is not between two letters or symbols is used toindicate a point of attachment for a substituent. For example, —(C═O)NH₂is attached through carbon of the keto (C═O) group.

“Alkyl” is a branched or straight chain saturated aliphatic hydrocarbongroup, having the specified number of carbon atoms, generally from 1 toabout 12 carbon atoms. The term C₁-C₆alkyl as used herein indicates analkyl group having from 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 carbon atoms. Otherembodiments include alkyl groups having from 1 to 8 carbon atoms, 1 to 4carbon atoms or 1 or 2 carbon atoms, e.g. C₁-C₈alkyl, C₁-C₄alkyl, andC₁-C₂alkyl. When C₀-C_(n) alkyl is used herein in conjunction withanother group, for example, (C₃-C₇cycloalkyl)C₀-C₄ alkyl, or—C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl), the indicated group, in this casecycloalkyl, is either directly bound by a single covalent bond(C₀alkyl), or attached by an alkyl chain having the specified number ofcarbon atoms, in this case 1, 2, 3, or 4 carbon atoms. Alkyls can alsobe attached via other groups such as heteroatoms as in—O—C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl). Examples of alkyl include, but are notlimited to, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, 3-methylbutyl,t-butyl, n-pentyl, and sec-pentyl.

“Alkenyl” is a branched or straight chain aliphatic hydrocarbon grouphaving one or more carbon-carbon double bonds that may occur at anystable point along the chain, having the specified number of carbonatoms. Examples of alkenyl include, but are not limited to, ethenyl andpropenyl.

“Alkynyl” is a branched or straight chain aliphatic hydrocarbon grouphaving one or more double carbon-carbon triple bonds that may occur atany stable point along the chain, having the specified number of carbonatoms.

“Alkylene” is a bivalent saturated hydrocarbon. Alkylenes include groupshaving 1 to 8 carbon atoms, 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or the indicated numberof carbon atoms, for example C₁-C₄alkylene.

“Alkenylene” is a bivalent hydrocarbon having at least one carbon-carbondouble bond. Alkenylenes include groups having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, 2 to6 carbon atoms, or the indicated number of carbon atoms, for exampleC₂-C₄alkenylene.

“Alkynylene” is a bivalent hydrocarbon having at least one carbon-carbontriple bond. Alkynylenes include groups having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, 2 to6 carbon atoms, or the indicated number of carbon atoms, for exampleC₂-C₄alkenylene.

“Alkoxy” is an alkyl group as defined above with the indicated number ofcarbon atoms covalently bound to the group it substitutes by an oxygenbridge (—O—). Examples of alkoxy include, but are not limited to,methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, i-propoxy, n-butoxy, 2-butoxy, t-butoxy,n-pentoxy, 2-pentoxy, 3-pentoxy, isopentoxy, neopentoxy, n-hexoxy,2-hexoxy, 3-hexoxy, and 3-methylpentoxy. Similarly an “Alkylthio” or a“thioalkyl” group is an alkyl group as defined above with the indicatednumber of carbon atoms covalently bound to the group it substitutes by asulfur bridge (—S—).

“Alkenyloxy” is an alkenyl group as defined above with the indicatednumber of carbon atoms covalently bound to the group it substitutes byan oxygen bridge (—O—).

“Alkanoyl” is an alkyl group as defined above with the indicated numberof carbon atoms covalently bound to the group is substitutes through acarbonyl (C═O) bridge. The carbonyl carbon is included in the number ofcarbons, that is C₂alkanoyl is a CH₃(C═O)— group.

“Alkylester” is an alkyl group as defined herein covalently bound to thegroup it substitutes by an ester linkage. The ester linkage may be ineither orientation, e.g., a group of the formula —O(C═O)alkyl or a groupof the formula —(C═O)Oalkyl.

“Carbocyclic group” is a saturated, unsaturated, or partiallyunsaturated (e.g. aromatic) group containing all carbon ring atoms. Acarbocyclic group typically contains 1 ring of 3 to 7 carbon atoms or 2fused rings each containing 3 to 7 carbon atoms. “Carbocyclic ring” is asaturated, unsaturated, or partially unsaturated (e.g. aromatic) ringcontaining all carbon ring atoms. A carbocyclic ring typically contains1 ring of 3 to 7 carbon atoms or a “carbocyclic group” may contain 1carbocyclic ring or 2 fused carbocyclic rings each containing 3 to 7carbon atoms. Examples of carbocyclic rings include phenyl,cyclohexenyl, cyclohexyl, and cyclopropyl rings.

“Carbocyclic-oxy group” is a monocyclic carbocyclic ring or a mono- orbi-cyclic carbocyclic group as defined above attached to the group itsubstitutes via an oxygen, —O—, linker.

“Cycloalkyl” is a saturated hydrocarbon ring group, having the specifiednumber of carbon atoms. Monocyclic cycloalkyl groups typically have from3 to about 8 carbon ring atoms or from 3 to 7 (3, 4, 5, 6, or 7) carbonring atoms. Cycloalkyl substituents may be pendant from a substitutednitrogen or carbon atom, or a substituted carbon atom that may have twosubstituents may have a cycloalkyl group, which is attached as a spirogroup. Examples of cycloalkyl groups include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl,cyclopentyl, and cyclohexyl.

“Haloalkyl” indicates both branched and straight-chain alkyl groupshaving the specified number of carbon atoms, substituted with 1 or morehalogen atoms, up to the maximum allowable number of halogen atoms.Examples of haloalkyl include, but are not limited to, trifluoromethyl,difluoromethyl, 2-fluoroethyl, and penta-fluoroethyl.

“Haloalkoxy” indicates a haloalkyl group as defined herein attachedthrough an oxygen bridge (oxygen of an alcohol radical).

“Hydroxyalkyl” is an alkyl group as previously described, substitutedwith at least one hydroxyl subsitutuent.

“Aminoalkyl” is an alkyl group as previously described, substituted withat least one amino subsitutuent. “Halo” or “halogen” indicates any offluoro, chloro, bromo, and iodo.

“Aryl” indicates aromatic groups containing only carbon in the aromaticring or rings. Typical aryl groups contain 1 to 3 separate, fused, orpendant rings and from 6 to about 18 ring atoms, without heteroatoms asring members. When indicated, such aryl groups may be furthersubstituted with carbon or non-carbon atoms or groups. Such substitutionmay include fusion to a 5 to 7-membered saturated cyclic group thatoptionally contains 1 or 2 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O,and S, to form, for example, a 3,4-methylenedioxy-phenyl group. Arylgroups include, for example, phenyl, naphthyl, including 1-naphthyl and2-naphthyl, and bi-phenyl.

A “Heterocyclic ring” is a saturated, unsaturated, or partiallyunsaturated (e.g. aromatic) ring containing 1 to 4 ring heteroatomsindependently chosen from N, O, and S, or if indicated, N, O, S, and B,with remaining ring atoms being carbon. A“heterocyclic group” maycontain 1 heterocyclic ring 1 ring of 3 to 7 ring atoms or 2 fused ringseach containing 3 to 7 ring atoms with at least one ring being aheterocyclic ring.

“Heterocyclicoxy group” is a monocyclic heterocyclic ring or a bicyclicheterocyclic group as described previously linked to the group itsubstitutes via an oxygen, —O—, linker.

“Heteroaryl” indicates a stable monocyclic aromatic ring having theindicated number of ring atoms which contains from 1 to 3, or in someembodiments from 1 to 2, heteroatoms chosen from N, O, and S, withremaining ring atoms being carbon, or a stable bicyclic or tricyclicsystem containing at least one 5- to 7-membered aromatic ring whichcontains from 1 to 3, or in some embodiments from 1 to 2, heteroatomschosen from N, O, and S, with remaining ring atoms being carbon.Monocyclic heteroaryl groups typically have from 5 to 7 ring atoms. Insome embodiments bicyclic heteroaryl groups are 9- to 10-memberedheteroaryl groups, that is, groups containing 9 or 10 ring atoms inwhich one 5- to 7-member aromatic ring is fused to a second aromatic ornon-aromatic ring. When the total number of S and O atoms in theheteroaryl group exceeds 1, these heteroatoms are not adjacent to oneanother. It is preferred that the total number of S and O atoms in theheteroaryl group is not more than 2. It is particularly preferred thatthe total number of S and O atoms in the aromatic heterocycle is notmore than 1. Examples of heteroaryl groups include, but are not limitedto, oxazolyl, pyranyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolopyrimidinyl, pyrazolyl,pyridizinyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrrolyl, quinolinyl, tetrazolyl,thiazolyl, thienylpyrazolyl, thiophenyl, triazolyl, benzo[d]oxazolyl,benzofuranyl, benzothiazolyl, benzothiophenyl, benzoxadiazolyl,dihydrobenzodioxynyl, furanyl, imidazolyl, indolyl, and isoxazolyl.“Heteroaryloxy” is a heteroaryl group as described bound to the group itsubstituted via an oxygen bridge.

“Heterocycloalkyl” is a saturated ring group, having 1, 2, 3, or 4heteroatoms independently chosen from N, S, and O, with remaining ringatoms being carbon. Monocyclic heterocycloalkyl groups typically havefrom 3 to about 8 ring atoms or from 4 to 6 ring atoms. Examples ofheterocycloalkyl groups include morpholinyl, piperazinyl, piperidinyl,and pyrrolinyl.

The term “mono- and/or di-alkylamino” indicates secondary or tertiaryalkyl amino groups, wherein the alkyl groups are independently chosenalkyl groups, as defined herein, having the indicated number of carbonatoms. The point of attachment of the alkylamino group is on thenitrogen. Examples of mono- and di-alkylamino groups include ethylamino,dimethylamino, and methyl-propyl-amino.

The term “substituted”, as used herein, means that any one or morehydrogens on the designated atom or group is replaced with a selectionfrom the indicated group, provided that the designated atom's normalvalence is not exceeded. When the substituent is oxo (i.e., ═O) then 2hydrogens on the atom are replaced. When an oxo group substitutesaromatic moieties, the corresponding partially unsaturated ring replacesthe aromatic ring. For example a pyridyl group substituted by oxo is apyridone. Combinations of substituents and/or variables are permissibleonly if such combinations result in stable compounds or useful syntheticintermediates. A stable compound or stable structure is meant to imply acompound that is sufficiently robust to survive isolation from areaction mixture, and subsequent formulation into an effectivetherapeutic agent. Unless otherwise specified substituents are namedinto the core structure. For example, it is to be understood that whenaminoalkyl is listed as a possible substituent the point of attachmentof this substituent to the core structure is in the alkyl portion.

Suitable groups that may be present on a “substituted” or “optionallysubstituted” position include, but are not limited to, e.g., halogen;cyano; hydroxyl; nitro; azido; alkanoyl (such as a C₂-C₆ alkanoylgroup); carboxamide; alkyl groups (including cycloalkyl groups) having 1to about 8 carbon atoms, or 1 to about 6 carbon atoms; alkenyl andalkynyl groups including groups having one or more unsaturated linkagesand from 2 to about 8, or 2 to about 6 carbon atoms; alkoxy groupshaving one or more oxygen linkages and from 1 to about 8, or from 1 toabout 6 carbon atoms; aryloxy such as phenoxy; alkylthio groupsincluding those having one or more thioether linkages and from 1 toabout 8 carbon atoms, or from 1 to about 6 carbon atoms; alkylsulfinylgroups including those having one or more sulfinyl linkages and from 1to about 8 carbon atoms, or from 1 to about 6 carbon atoms;alkylsulfonyl groups including those having one or more sulfonyllinkages and from 1 to about 8 carbon atoms, or from 1 to about 6 carbonatoms; aminoalkyl groups including groups having one or more N atoms andfrom 1 to about 8, or from 1 to about 6 carbon atoms; aryl having 6 ormore carbons and one or more rings, (e.g., phenyl, biphenyl, naphthyl,or the like, each ring either substituted or unsubstituted aromatic);arylalkyl having 1 to 3 separate or fused rings and from 6 to about 18ring carbon atoms, with benzyl being an exemplary arylalkyl group;arylalkoxy having 1 to 3 separate or fused rings and from 6 to about 18ring carbon atoms, with benzyloxy being an exemplary arylalkoxy group;or a saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocyclic group having 1 to3 separate or fused rings with 3 to about 8 members per ring and one ormore N, O or S atoms, e.g. coumarinyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl,quinazolinyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, furanyl, pyrrolyl,thienyl, thiazolyl, triazinyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, imidazolyl,indolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiazolyl, tetrahydrofuranyl,tetrahydropyranyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, piperazinyl, andpyrrolidinyl. Such heterocyclic groups may be further substituted, e.g.with hydroxy, alkyl, alkoxy, halogen and amino. In certain embodiments“optionally substituted” includes one or more substituents independentlychosen from halogen, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, —CHO, —COOH, —CONH₂,C₁-C₆alkyl, C₂-C₆alkenyl, C₁-C₆alkoxy, C₂-C₆alkanoyl, C₁-C₆alkylester,(mono- and di-C₁-C₆alkylamino)C₀-C₂alkyl, C₁-C₂haloalkyl, andC₁-C₂haloalkoxy.

A “dosage form” means a unit of administration of an active agent.Examples of dosage forms include tablets, capsules, injections,suspensions, liquids, emulsions, creams, ointments, suppositories,inhalable forms, transdermal forms, and the like.

“Pharmaceutical compositions” are compositions comprising at least oneactive agent, such as a compound or salt of Formula I, and at least oneother substance, such as a carrier. Pharmaceutical compositions optionalcontain one or more additional active agents. When specified,pharmaceutical compositions meet the U.S. FDA's GMP (good manufacturingpractice) standards for human or non-human drugs. “Pharmaceuticalcombinations” are combinations of at least two active agents which maybe combined in a single dosage form or provided together in separatedosage forms with instructions that the active agents are to be usedtogether to treat a disorder, such as hepatitis C.

“Pharmaceutically acceptable salts” includes derivatives of thedisclosed compounds in which the parent compound is modified by makinginorganic and organic, non-toxic, acid or base addition salts thereof.The salts of the present compounds can be synthesized from a parentcompound that contains a basic or acidic moiety by conventional chemicalmethods. Generally, such salts can be prepared by reacting free acidforms of these compounds with a stoichiometric amount of the appropriatebase (such as Na, Ca, Mg, or K hydroxide, carbonate, bicarbonate, or thelike), or by reacting free base forms of these compounds with astoichiometric amount of the appropriate acid. Such reactions aretypically carried out in water or in an organic solvent, or in a mixtureof the two. Generally, non-aqueous media like ether, ethyl acetate,ethanol, isopropanol, or acetonitrile are preferred, where practicable.Salts of the present compounds further include solvates of the compoundsand of the compound salts.

Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable salts include, but are notlimited to, mineral or organic acid salts of basic residues such asamines; alkali or organic salts of acidic residues such as carboxylicacids; and the like. The pharmaceutically acceptable salts include theconventional non-toxic salts and the quaternary ammonium salts of theparent compound formed, for example, from non-toxic inorganic or organicacids. For example, conventional non-toxic acid salts include thosederived from inorganic acids such as hydrochloric, hydrobromic,sulfuric, sulfamic, phosphoric, nitric and the like; and the saltsprepared from organic acids such as acetic, propionic, succinic,glycolic, stearic, lactic, malic, tartaric, citric, ascorbic, pamoic,maleic, hydroxymaleic, phenylacetic, glutamic, benzoic, salicylic,mesylic, esylic, besylic, sulfanilic, 2-acetoxybenzoic, fumaric,toluenesulfonic, methanesulfonic, ethane disulfonic, oxalic, isethionic,HOOC—(CH₂)_(n)—COOH where n is 0-4, and the like. Lists of additionalsuitable salts may be found, e.g., in Remington's PharmaceuticalSciences, 17th ed., Mack Publishing Company, Easton, Pa., p. 1418(1985).

The term “carrier” applied to pharmaceutical compositions/combinationsof the invention refers to a diluent, excipient, or vehicle with whichan active compound is provided.

A “pharmaceutically acceptable excipient” means an excipient that isuseful in preparing a pharmaceutical composition/combination that isgenerally safe, non-toxic and neither biologically nor otherwiseundesirable, and includes an excipient that is acceptable for veterinaryuse as well as human pharmaceutical use. A “pharmaceutically acceptableexcipient” as used in the present application includes both one and morethan one such excipient.

A “patient” is a human or non-human animal in need of medical treatment.Medical treatment can include treatment of an existing condition, suchas a disease or disorder, prophylactic or preventative treatment, ordiagnostic treatment. In some embodiments the patient is a humanpatient.

“Providing” means giving, administering, selling, distributing,transferring (for profit or not), manufacturing, compounding, ordispensing.

“Providing a compound of Formula I with at least one additional activeagent” means the compound of Formula I and the additional activeagent(s) are provided simultaneously in a single dosage form, providedconcomitantly in separate dosage forms, or provided in separate dosageforms for administration separated by some amount of time that is withinthe time in which both the compound of Formula I and the at least oneadditional active agent are within the blood stream of a patient. Incertain embodiments the compound of Formula I and the additional activeagent need not be prescribed for a patient by the same medical careworker. In certain embodiments the additional active agent or agentsneed not require a prescription. Administration of the compound ofFormula I or the at least one additional active agent can occur via anyappropriate route, for example, oral tablets, oral capsules, oralliquids, inhalation, injection, suppositories or topical contact.

“Treatment,” as used herein includes providing a compound of Formula I,either as the only active agent or together with at least one additionalactive agent sufficient to: (a) prevent a disease or a symptom of adisease from occurring in a patient who may be predisposed to thedisease but has not yet been diagnosed as having it (e.g. includingdiseases that may be associated with or caused by a primary disease (asin macular degeneration that can result in the context of factor Dactivation); (b) inhibiting the disease, i.e. arresting its development;and (c) relieving the disease, i.e., causing regression of the disease.“Treating” and “treatment” also means providing a therapeuticallyeffective amount of a compound of Formula I, as the only active agent ortogether with at least one additional active agent to a patient havingor susceptible to a condition mediated by complement factor D.

A “therapeutically effective amount” of a pharmaceuticalcomposition/combination of this invention means an amount effective,when administered to a patient, to provide a therapeutic benefit such asan amelioration of symptoms, e.g., an amount effective to decrease thesymptoms of a macular degeneration. A therapeutically effective amountis also an amount sufficient to prevent a significant increase orsignificantly reduce the detectable level of complement Factor D in thepatient's blood, serum, or tissues.

Chemical Description

In addition to compounds of Formula I shown in the SUMMARY section thedisclosure also include compounds in which the variables, e.g., A, B, L,R¹-R^(3′), and L carry the following definitions. The disclosureincludes all combinations of these definitions so long as a stablecompound results.

For example the disclosure includes compounds and salts of Formula II,III, IV, V, VI, VII, VIII, IX, X, XI, XII, XIII, XIV, XV, XVI, XVII,XVIII, XIX, XX, XXI, and XXII which are with in the scope of Formula I.The variables shown in Formula II-XXIV carry the definitions set forthin the SUMMARY section for Formula I or any of the definitions set forthin this disclosure.

Additionally, the disclosure includes compounds and salts of Formula Iand any of its subformulae (II-XXIV) in which at least one of thefollowing conditions is met.

R¹, R^(1′), R^(2′), R³, and R^(3′), if present, are all hydrogen; and R²is fluoro.

R¹, R^(1′), R^(2′), and R^(3′), if present, are all hydrogen; and R² isfluoro and R³ is —C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl) or—O—C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl.

R¹ and R² are taken together to form a 3- to 6-membered cycloalkylgroup, and R^(1′), R^(2′), R³, and R^(3′), where present, are allhydrogen.

R¹, R^(1′), R³, and R^(3′), if present, are all hydrogen, and R² andR^(2′) are taken together to form a 5- or 6-membered heterocycloalkylgroup having 1 or 2 oxygen atoms.

-L-B— is

where R²⁶ and R²⁷ are independently chosen from hydrogen, halogen,hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, C₁-C₆alkyl, C₂-C₆alkenyl, C₂-C₆alkanoyl,C₁-C₆alkoxy, C₁-C₆thioalkyl, —C₀-C₄alkyl(mono- and di-C₁-C₆alkylamino),—C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl), —C₀-C₄alkoxy(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl),C₁-C₂haloalkyl, C₁-C₂haloalkoxy, and C₁-C₂haloalkylthio.

(f) -L-B— is

wherein

R¹⁸ and R^(18′) are independently chosen from hydrogen, halogen, andmethyl; and m is 0 or 1; and

R²⁶, R²⁷, and R²⁸ are independently chosen from hydrogen, halogen,hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, C₁-C₆alkyl, C₂-C₆alkenyl, C₂-C₆alkanoyl,C₁-C₆alkoxy, C₁-C₆thioalkyl, (mono- and di-C₁-C₆alkylamino)C₀-C₄alkyl,(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl)C₀-C₄alkyl, and —C₀-C₄alkoxy(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl); each ofwhich R²⁶, R²⁷, and R²⁸ other than hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, nitro,cyano, is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituentsindependently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, amino, C₁-C₂alkoxy,C₁-C₂haloalkyl, and C₁-C₂haloalkoxy; and

R²⁹ is hydrogen, C₁-C₂alkyl, C₁-C₂haloalkyl or —Si(CH₃)₂C(CH₃)₃.

(g) R8 and R8′ are independently hydrogen or methyl.

(h) R8 and R8′ are hydrogen.

(i) R7 is hydrogen or methyl.

(j) R7 is hydrogen.

(k) One of R¹² and R¹³ is chosen from hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl,amino, nitro, cyano, C₁-C₆alkyl, C₂-C₆alkenyl, C₂-C₆alkanoyl,C₁-C₆alkoxy, C₁-C₆thioalkyl, —C₀-C₄alkyl(mono- and di-C₁-C₆alkylamino),—C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl), —OC₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl),C₁-C₂haloalkyl, and C₁-C₂haloalkoxy.

(l) R¹, R^(1′), R², and R^(3′) are all hydrogen;

R² is fluoro and R³ is hydrogen, —C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl), or—O—C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl);

R⁵ is hydrogen, halogen, or C₁-C₂alkyl;

R¹¹, R¹³ R¹⁴, and R¹⁵, if present, are independently chosen at eachoccurrence from hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, amino, C₁-C₄alkyl,C₁-C₄alkoxy, —C₀-C₂alkyl(mono- and di-C₁-C₂alkylamino), trifluoromethyl,and trifluoromethoxy;

X¹² is CR¹²; and

R¹² is -JNR⁹C(O)OR¹⁰, -JNR⁹C(O)OR²³, -JOC(O)NR²¹R²², -JOC(O)NR²⁴R²⁵,-JNR⁹C(O)NR¹⁰R²³, or -JNR⁹C(O)NR²⁴R²⁵.

(m) J is a bond.

(n) One of R¹² and R¹³ is selected from

where p is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4.

(o) The disclosure includes compounds and salts for Formula VII

wherein:

R¹, R², R^(2′), and R³ are independently chosen from hydrogen, halogen,C₁-C₄alkyl, C₁-C₄alkoxy, —C₀-C₂alkylNR⁹R¹⁰,—C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl), —O—C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl,C₁-C₂haloalkyl, and C₁-C₂haloalkoxy;

R⁸ and R^(8′) are independently chosen from hydrogen, halogen, andmethyl;

R⁵ is hydrogen, hydroxyl, cyano, —COOH, C₁-C₆alkyl, C₁-C₆alkoxy,C₂-C₆alkanoyl —C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl),—C(O)C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl, C₁-C₂haloalkyl, or C₁-C₂haloalkoxy;

R⁶ is —C(O)CH₃, —C(O)NH₂, —C(O)CF₃, —C(O)(cyclopropyl), or-ethyl(cyanoimino); and

R¹¹ and R¹⁴ are independently chosen from hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl,amino, nitro, cyano, C₁-C₆alkyl, C₂-C₆alkenyl, C₂-C₆alkanoyl,C₁-C₆alkoxy, C₁-C₆thioalkyl, —C₀-C₄alkyl(mono- and di-C₁-C₆alkylamino),—C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl), —OC₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl),C₁-C₂haloalkyl, and C₁-C₂haloalkoxy.

(p) B is selected from

where R²⁷ is hydrogen, methyl, or trifluoromethyl; R²⁸ is hydrogen orhalogen; and R²⁹ is hydrogen, methyl, trifluoromethyl, or—Si(CH₃)₂C(CH₃)₃.

(q) B is phenyl, pyridyl, or indanyl each of which is unsubstituted orsubstituted with one or more substituents independently chosen fromhydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, C₁-C₆alkyl, C₂-C₆alkenyl,C₂-C₆alkanoyl, C₁-C₆alkoxy, C₁-C₆thioalkyl, (mono- anddi-C₁-C₆alkylamino)C₀-C₄alkyl, (C₃-C₇cycloalkyl)C₀-C₄alkyl,—C₀-C₄alkoxy(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl), (phenyl)C₀-C₂alkyl, (pyridyl)C₀-C₂alkyl;each of which substituents other than hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl,nitro, cyano, is unsubstituted or substituted with one or moresubstituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, amino,C₁-C₂alkyl, C₁-C₂alkoxy, —OSi(CH₃)₂C(CH₃)₃, —Si(CH₃)₂C(CH₃)₃,C₁-C₂haloalkyl, and C₁-C₂haloalkoxy.

(r) B is phenyl or pyridyl substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituentschosen from chloro, bromo, hydroxyl, —SCF₃, C₁-C₂alkyl, C₁-C₂alkoxy,trifluoromethyl, and trifluoromethoxy.

(s) A is a group of the formula

(t) -L-B is a bond and indanyl group of the formula

This disclosure further includes embodiments in which m is 0 or 1;

R² is halogen, R^(2′) is hydrogen or halogen, and R³ is hydrogen,halogen, —C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl), or —O—C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl;R⁶ is —C(O)C₁-C₄alkyl, —C(O)NH₂, —C(O)CF₃, —C(O)(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl), or-ethyl(cyanoimino);

one of R¹² and R¹³ is selected from hydrogen, halogen, C₁-C₄alkyl,C₁-C₄alkoxy, trifluoromethyl, and trifluoromethoxy; he other of R¹² andR¹³ a is chosen from (s),

where (s) is C₂-C₆alkynyl, —C₂-C₆alkynylR²³, C₂-C₆alkanoyl,-JC₃-C₇cycloalkyl, —B(OH)₂, -JC(O)NR⁹R²³, -JOSO₂OR²¹,—C(O)(CH₂)₁₋₄S(O)R²¹, —O(CH₂)₁₋₄S(O)NR²¹NR²², -JOP(O)(OR²¹)(OR²²),-JP(O)(OR²¹)(OR²²), -JOP(O)(OR²¹)R²², -JP(O)(OR²¹)R²², -JOP(O)R²¹R²²,-JP(O)R²¹R²², -JSP(O)(OR²¹)(OR²²), -JSP(O)(OR²¹)(R²²),-JSP(O)(R²¹)(R²²), -JNR⁹P(O)(NHR²¹)(N^(H)R²²), -JNR⁹P(O)(OR²¹)(NHR²²),-JNR⁹P(O)(OR²¹)(OR²²), -JC(S)R²¹, -JNR²¹SO₂R²², -JNR⁹S(O)NR¹R²²,JNR⁹SO₂NR¹⁰R²², -JSO₂NR⁹COR²², —O(CH₂)₁₋₄SO₂NR²¹R²², -JSO₂NR⁹CONR²¹R²²,-JNR²¹SO₂R²², -JC(O)NR²¹ SO₂R²², -JC(NH₂)NCN, -JC(NH₂)NR²²,-JC(NH₂)NS(O)₂R²², -JOC(O)NR²¹R²², -JOC(O)NR²⁴R²⁵, -JNR⁹C(O)OR¹⁰,-JNR⁹C(O)OR²³, -JNR²¹OC(O)R²², —(CH₂)₁₋₄C(O)NR²¹R²², -JNR⁹C(O)R²¹,-JC(O)R²¹, -JNR⁹C(O)NR⁹R¹⁰, -JNR⁹C(O)NR¹⁰R²³, -JNR⁹C(O)NR²⁴R²⁵, —CCR²¹,—(CH₂)₁₋₄OC(O)R²¹, -JC(O)OR²³, —C₂-C₄alkylR²³, and -Jparacyclophane;where J is independently chosen at each occurrence and is a covalentbond, C₁-C₄alkylene, C₂-C₄alkenylene, or C₂-C₄alkynylene;

R²¹ and R²² are independently chosen at each occurrence from hydrogen,hydroxyl, cyano, amino, C₁-C₆alkyl, C₁-C₆alkyl, C₁-C₆alkoxy,(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl)C₀-C₄alkyl, (phenyl)C₀-C₄alkyl,—C₁-C₄alkylOC(O)OC₁-C₆alkyl, —C₁-C₄alkylOC(O)C₁-C₆alkyl,—C₁-C₄alkylC(O)OC₁-C₆alkyl, (4- to 7-memberedheterocycloalkyl)C₀-C₄alkyl having 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms independentlychosen from N, O, and S, and (5- or 6-membered unsaturated or aromaticheterocycloalkyl)C₀-C₄alkyl having 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms independentlychosen from N, O, and S;

R²³ is independently chosen at each occurrence from(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl)C₀-C₄alkyl, (phenyl)C₀-C₄alkyl, (4- to 7-memberedheterocycloalkyl)C₀-C₄alkyl having 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms independentlychosen from N, O, and S, and (5- or 6-membered unsaturated or aromaticheterocycle)C₀-C₄alkyl having 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms independentlychosen from N, O, and S;

R²⁴ and R²⁵ are taken together with the nitrogen to which they areattached to form a 4- to 7-membered monocyclic heterocycloalkyl group,or a 6- to 10-membered bicyclic heterocycloalkyl group having fused,spiro, or bridged rings; each of which (s) may be unsubstituted orsubstituted with one or more substituents independently chosen fromhalogen, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, amino, oxo, —B(OH)₂, —Si(CH₃)₃, —COOH,—CONH₂, —P(O)(OH)₂, C₁-C₆alkyl, C₁-C₆alkoxy, —C₀-C₂alkyl(mono- anddi-C₁-C₄alkylamino), C₁-C₆alkylester, C₁-C₄alkylamino,C₁-C₄hydroxylalkyl, C₁-C₂haloalkyl, and C₁-C₂haloalkoxy.

(r) This disclosure includes compounds and salts in which one of R¹² andR¹³ is hydrogen, hydroxyl, halogen, methyl, or methoxy; and the other of

R¹² and R¹³ is independently is chosen from (s), where (s) isC₂-C₆alkynyl, —C₂-C₆alkynylR²³, C₂-C₆alkanoyl, -JC₃-C₇cycloalkyl,-JC(O)NR⁹R²³, —C(O)(CH₂)₁₋₄S(O)R²¹, -JP(O)(OR²¹)(OR²²),-JOP(O)(OR²¹)R²², -JP(O)(OR²¹)R²², -JOP(O)R²¹R²², -JP(O)R²¹R²²,-JNR²¹SO₂R²², -JNR²¹SO₂R²², -JC(O)NR²¹SO₂R²², -JC(NH₂)NCN, -JC(NH₂)NR²²,-JC(NH₂)NS(O)₂R²², -JOC(O)NR²¹R²², -JOC(O)NR²⁴R²⁵, -JNR⁹C(O)OR¹⁰,-JNR⁹C(O)OR²³, -JNR²¹OC(O)R²², -JC(O)R²¹, -JNR⁹C(O)NR⁹R¹⁰,-JNR⁹C(O)NR¹R²³, JNR⁹C(O)NR²⁴R²⁵, and -Jparacyclophane; where J isindependently chosen at each occurrence and is a covalent bond,C₁-C₄alkylene, C₂-C₄alkenylene, or C₂-C₄alkynylene;

R²¹ and R²² are independently chosen at each occurrence from hydrogen,hydroxyl, cyano, amino, C₁-C₆alkyl, C₁-C₆alkyl, C₁-C₆alkoxy,(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl)C₀-C₄alkyl, (phenyl)C₀-C₄alkyl,—C₁-C₄alkylOC(O)OC₁-C₆alkyl, —C₁-C₄alkylOC(O)C₁-C₆alkyl,—C₁-C₄alkylC(O)OC₁-C₆alkyl, (pyrrolidinyl)C₀-C₄alkyl,((morpholinyl)C₀-C₄alkyl, (thiomorpholinyl)C₀-C₄alkyl,(piperidinyl)C₀-C₄alkyl, (piperazinyl)C₀-C₄alkyl,(tetrahydrofuranyl)C₀-C₄alkyl, pyrazolyl)C₀-C₄alkyl,(thiazolyl)C₀-C₄alkyl, (triazolyl)C₀-C₄alkyl, (tetrazolyl)C₀-C₄alkyl,(imidazolyl)C₀-C₄alkyl, (oxazolyl)C₀-C₄alkyl, (furanyl)C₀-C₄alkyl,(pyridinyl)C₀-C₄alkyl, (pyrimidinyl)C₀-C₄alkyl, (pyrazinyl)C₀-C₄alkyl,(pyridizinyl)C₀-C₄alkyl, and (tetrahydropyridinyl)C₀-C₄alkyl;

R²³ is independently chosen at each occurrence from(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl)C₀-C₄alkyl, (phenyl)C₀-C₄alkyl,(pyrrolidinyl)C₀-C₄alkyl, (morpholinyl)C₀-C₄alkyl,(thiomorpholinyl)C₀-C₄alkyl, (piperidinyl)C₀-C₄alkyl,(piperazinyl)C₀-C₄alkyl, (tetrahydrofuranyl)C₀-C₄alkyl,(pyrazolyl)C₀-C₄alkyl, (thiazolyl)C₀-C₄alkyl, (triazolyl)C₀-C₄alkyl,(tetrazolyl)C₀-C₄alkyl, (imidazolyl)C₀-C₄alkyl, (oxazolyl)C₀-C₄alkyl,(furanyl)C₀-C₄alkyl, (pyridinyl)C₀-C₄alkyl, (pyrimidinyl)C₀-C₄alkyl,(pyrazinyl)C₀-C₄alkyl, (pyridizinyl)C₀-C₄alkyl, and(tetrahydropyridinyl)C₀-C₄alkyl;

R²⁴ and R²⁵ are taken together with the nitrogen to which they areattached to form a pyrrolidinyl, piperazinyl, piperidinyl, ormorpholinyl group, each of which is optionally bridged with a methyleneor ethylene group or spiro to a C₃-C₅cycloalkyl group;

each of which (s) may be unsubstituted or substituted with one or moresubstituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano,amino, oxo, —B(OH)₂, —Si(CH₃)₃, —COOH, —CONH₂, —P(O)(OH)₂, C₁-C₆alkyl,C₁-C₆alkoxy, —C₀-C₂alkyl(mono- and di-C₁-C₄alkylamino), C₁-C₆alkylester,C₁-C₄alkylamino, C₁-C₄hydroxylalkyl, C₁-C₂haloalkyl, andC₁-C₂haloalkoxy.

This disclosure includes compounds and salts in which one of R¹² and R¹³is hydrogen, hydroxyl, halogen, methyl, or methoxy; and the other of R¹²and R¹³ is chosen from (s), where (s) is -JP(O)(OR²¹)(OR²²),-JOP(O)(OR²¹)R²², -JP(O)(OR²¹)R²², -JOP(O)R²¹R²², or -JP(O)R²¹R²²;

where J is independently chosen at each occurrence and is a covalentbond, C₁-C₄alkylene, C₂-C₄alkenylene, or C₂-C₄alkynylene;

R²¹ and R²² are independently chosen at each occurrence from hydrogen,hydroxyl, cyano, amino, C₁-C₆alkyl, C₁-C₆alkyl, C₁-C₆alkoxy,(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl)C₀-C₄alkyl, (phenyl)C₀-C₄alkyl, and—C₁-C₄alkylOC(O)OC₁-C₆alkyl, —C₁-C₄alkylOC(O)C₁-C₆alkyl,—C₁-C₄alkylC(O)OC₁-C₆alkyl;

each of which (s) may be unsubstituted or substituted with one or moresubstituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano,amino, oxo, —B(OH)₂, —Si(CH₃)₃, —COOH, —CONH₂, —P(O)(OH)₂, C₁-C₆alkyl,C₁-C₆alkoxy, —C₀-C₂alkyl(mono- and di-C₁-C₄alkylamino), C₁-C₆alkylester,C₁-C₄alkylamino, C₁-C₄hydroxylalkyl, C₁-C₂haloalkyl, andC₁-C₂haloalkoxy.

This disclosure includes compounds and salts in which one of R¹² and R¹³is hydrogen, hydroxyl, halogen, methyl, or methoxy; and the other of R¹²and R¹³ is —C₂-C₆alkynylR²³; where

R²³ is from (C₃-C₇cycloalkyl)C₀-C₄alkyl, (phenyl)C₀-C₄alkyl,(pyrrolidinyl)C₀-C₄alkyl, (morpholinyl)C₀-C₄alkyl,(thiomorpholinyl)C₀-C₄alkyl, (piperidinyl)C₀-C₄alkyl,(piperazinyl)C₀-C₄alkyl, (tetrahydrofuranyl)C₀-C₄alkyl,(pyrazolyl)C₀-C₄alkyl, (thiazolyl)C₀-C₄alkyl, (triazolyl)C₀-C₄alkyl,(tetrazolyl)C₀-C₄alkyl, (imidazolyl)C₀-C₄alkyl, (oxazolyl)C₀-C₄alkyl,(furanyl)C₀-C₄alkyl, (pyridinyl)C₀-C₄alkyl, (pyrimidinyl)C₀-C₄alkyl,(pyrazinyl)C₀-C₄alkyl, (pyridizinyl)C₀-C₄alkyl, and(tetrahydropyridinyl)C₀-C₄alkyl; which may be unsubstituted orsubstituted with one or more substituents independently chosen fromhalogen, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, amino, oxo, —B(OH)₂, —Si(CH₃)₃, —COOH,—CONH₂, —P(O)(OH)₂, C₁-C₆alkyl, C₁-C₆alkoxy, —C₀-C₂alkyl(mono- anddi-C₁-C₄alkylamino), C₁-C₆alkylester, C₁-C₄alkylamino,C₁-C₄hydroxylalkyl, C₁-C₂haloalkyl, and C₁-C₂haloalkoxy.

This disclosure includes compounds and salts in which one of R¹² and R¹³is hydrogen, hydroxyl, halogen, methyl, or methoxy; the other of R¹² andR¹³ is chosen from (s) where (s) is chosen from -JNR⁹C(O)OR¹⁰,-JNR⁹C(O)OR²³, -JOC(O)NR²¹R²², JOC(O)NR²⁴R²⁵, JNR⁹C(O)NRR²³, and-JNR⁹C(O)NR²⁴R²⁵;

R²¹ and R²² are independently chosen at each occurrence from hydrogen,hydroxyl, cyano, amino, C₁-C₆alkyl, C₁-C₆alkyl, C₁-C₆alkoxy,(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl)C₀-C₄alkyl, (phenyl)C₀-C₄alkyl,—C₁-C₄alkylOC(O)OC₁-C₆alkyl, —C₁-C₄alkylOC(O)C₁-C₆alkyl,—C₁-C₄alkylC(O)OC₁-C₆alkyl, (pyrrolidinyl)C₀-C₄alkyl,((morpholinyl)C₀-C₄alkyl, (thiomorpholinyl)C₀-C₄alkyl,(piperidinyl)C₀-C₄alkyl, (piperazinyl)C₀-C₄alkyl,(tetrahydrofuranyl)C₀-C₄alkyl, pyrazolyl)C₀-C₄alkyl,(thiazolyl)C₀-C₄alkyl, (triazolyl)C₀-C₄alkyl, (tetrazolyl)C₀-C₄alkyl,(imidazolyl)C₀-C₄alkyl, (oxazolyl)C₀-C₄alkyl, (furanyl)C₀-C₄alkyl,(pyridinyl)C₀-C₄alkyl, (pyrimidinyl)C₀-C₄alkyl, (pyrazinyl)C₀-C₄alkyl,(pyridizinyl)C₀-C₄alkyl, and (tetrahydropyridinyl)C₀-C₄alkyl;

R²³ is independently chosen at each occurrence from(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl)C₀-C₄alkyl, (phenyl)C₀-C₄alkyl,(pyrrolidinyl)C₀-C₄alkyl, (morpholinyl)C₀-C₄alkyl,(thiomorpholinyl)C₀-C₄alkyl, (piperidinyl)C₀-C₄alkyl,(piperazinyl)C₀-C₄alkyl, (tetrahydrofuranyl)C₀-C₄alkyl,(pyrazolyl)C₀-C₄alkyl, (thiazolyl)C₀-C₄alkyl, (triazolyl)C₀-C₄alkyl,(tetrazolyl)C₀-C₄alkyl, (imidazolyl)C₀-C₄alkyl, (oxazolyl)C₀-C₄alkyl,(furanyl)C₀-C₄alkyl, (pyridinyl)C₀-C₄alkyl, (pyrimidinyl)C₀-C₄alkyl,(pyrazinyl)C₀-C₄alkyl, (pyridizinyl)C₀-C₄alkyl, and(tetrahydropyridinyl)C₀-C₄alkyl;

R²⁴ and R²⁵ are taken together with the nitrogen to which they areattached to form a pyrrolidinyl, piperazinyl, piperidinyl, ormorpholinyl group, each of which is optionally bridged with a methyleneor ethylene group or spiro to a C₃-C₅cycloalkyl group; each of which (s)may be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituentsindependently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, amino, oxo,—B(OH)₂, —Si(CH₃)₃, —COOH, —CONH₂, —P(O)(OH)₂, C₁-C₆alkyl, C₁-C₆alkoxy,—C₀-C₂alkyl(mono- and di-C₁-C₄alkylamino), C₁-C₆alkylester,C₁-C₄alkylamino, C₁-C₄hydroxylalkyl, C₁-C₂haloalkyl, andC₁-C₂haloalkoxy.

This disclosure includes compounds and salts of Formula IA:

whereB may carry any of the definitions set forth herein for this variable.In certain embodiments B is a 2-fluoro-3-chlorophenyl or a2-fluoro-3-trifluoromethoxy-phenyl. Examples of such compounds includethe compounds shown in Table 1. In any of the compounds shown in Table 1the 2-fluoro-3-chloro-phenyl group may be replaced by a2-fluoro-3-trifluoromethoxy-phenyl.

This disclosure includes compounds and salts of Formula IB, IC, and ID.

In Formula IB, IC, and ID the variables may include any of thedefinitions set forth herein that results in a stable compound. Incertain embodiments tohe following conditions apply

R¹ and R² are joined to form a 3 membered ring.

m is 0.

B is pyridyl, optionally substituted with halogen, C₁-C₂alkoxy, andtrifluoromethyl.

B is phenyl, substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independentlyselected from halogen, C₁-C₂alkyl, C₁-C₂alkoxy, trifluoromethyl, andoptionally substituted phenyl.

R¹³ is hydrogen and R¹² is —NHC(O)NR²⁴R²⁵.

R¹³ is hydrogen and R¹² is —CCR²³.

R¹³ is hydrogen and R¹² isform —NHC(O)NHR²³.

R¹³ is hydrogen and R¹² is —C(O)R²³.

This specification has been described with reference to embodiments ofthe invention. However, one of ordinary skill in the art appreciatesthat various modifications and changes can be made without departingfrom the scope of the invention as set forth in the claims below.Accordingly, the specification is to be regarded in an illustrativerather than a restrictive sense, and all such modifications are intendedto be included within the scope of invention.

What is claimed is:
 1. A compound of Formula I

or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt wherein: Q¹ is N(R¹) orC(R¹R^(1′)); Q² is C(R²R^(2′)), C(R²R^(2′))—C(R²R^(2′)), S, O, N(R²) orC(R²R^(2′))O; Q³ is N(R³), S, or C(R³R^(3′)); X¹ and X² areindependently N, CH, or CZ, or X¹ and X² together are C═C; Z is F, Cl,NH₂, CH₃, CH₂D, CHD₂, or CD₃; or

 is selected from

q is 0, 1, 2 or 3; r is 1, 2 or 3; R¹, R^(1′), R², R^(2′), R³, andR^(3′) are independently chosen from hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, nitro,cyano, amino, C₁-C₆alkyl, C₂-C₆alkenyl, C₂-C₆alkynyl, C₁-C₆alkoxy,C₂-C₆alkynyl, C₂-C₆alkanoyl, C₁-C₆thioalkyl, hydroxyC₁-C₆alkyl,aminoC₁-C₆alkyl, —C₀-C₄alkylNR⁹R¹⁰, —C(O)OR⁹, —OC(O)R⁹, —NR⁹C(O)R¹⁰,—C(O)NR⁹R¹⁰, —OC(O)NR⁹R¹⁰, —NR⁹C(O)OR¹⁰, C₁-C₂haloalkyl, andC₁-C₂haloalkoxy; R⁹ and R¹⁰ are independently chosen from hydrogen,C₁-C₆alkyl, (C₃-C₇cycloalkyl)C₀-C₄alkyl, —C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl),and —O—C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl); or R¹ and R² are linked to form a 3-to 6-membered carbocyclic or aryl ring; or R² and R³ are linked to forma 3- to 6-membered carbocyclic ring; or R¹ and R^(1′), or R² and R^(2′),or R³ and R^(3′) are linked to form a 3- to 6-membered carbocyclic spiroring; or R¹ and R^(1′), R² and R^(2′) or R³ and R^(3′) are linked toform a 3- to 6-membered heterocyclic spiro ring; each of which ring isunsubstituted or substituted with 1 or more substituents independentlychosen from halogen, hydroxyl, cyano, —COOH, C₁-C₄alkyl, C₂-C₄alkenyl,C₂-C₄alkynyl, C₁-C₄alkoxy, C₂-C₄alkanoyl, hydroxyC₁-C₄alkyl, (mono- anddi-C₁-C₄alkylamino)C₀-C₄alkyl, —C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl),—O—C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl), C₁-C₂haloalkyl, and C₁-C₂haloalkoxy; orR¹ and R^(1′) or R² and R^(2′) are linked to form a carbonyl group; orR¹ and R² or R² and R³ can be taken together to form a carbon-carbondouble bond; R and R′ are independently selected from H, alkyl,cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycle, heterocycloalkyl, aryl,arylalkyl, heteroaryl, and heteroarylalkyl; A is a group selected from:

R⁴ is chosen from —CHO, —CONH₂, C₂-C₆alkanoyl, hydrogen, —SO₂NH₂,—C(CH₂)₂F, —CH(CF₃)NH₂, C₁-C₆alkyl, —C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl),—C(O)C₀-C₂alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl),

each of which R⁴ other than hydrogen, —CHO, and —CON₂, is unsubstitutedor substituted with one or more of amino, imino, halogen, hydroxyl,cyano, cyanoimino, C₁-C₂alkyl, C₁-C₂alkoxy, —C₀-C₂alkyl(mono- anddi-C₁-C₄alkylamino), C₁-C₂haloalkyl, and C₁-C₂haloalkoxy; R⁵ and R⁶ areindependently selected from —CHO, —C(O)NH₂, —C( )NH(CH₃), C₂-C₆alkanoyl,hydrogen, hydroxyl, halogen, cyano, nitro, —COOH, —SO₂NH₂, vinyl,C₁-C₆alkyl (including methyl), C₂-C₆alkenyl, C₁-C₆alkoxy,—C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl), —C(O)C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl),—P(O)(OR⁹)₂, —OC(O)R⁹, —C(O)OR⁹, —C(O)N(CH₂CH₂R⁹)(R¹⁰), —NR⁹C(O)R¹⁰,phenyl, and 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl; R^(6′) is hydrogen, halogen,hydroxyl, C₁-C₄alkyl, —C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl), or C₁-C₄alkoxy; orR⁶ and R^(6′) may be taken together to form an oxo, vinyl, or iminogroup; R⁷ is hydrogen, C₁-C₆alkyl, or —C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl); R⁸and R^(8′) are independently chosen from hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl,C₁-C₆alkyl, —C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl), C₁-C₆alkoxy, and(C₁-C₄alkylamino)C₀-C₂alkyl; or R⁸ and R^(8′) are taken together to forman oxo group; or R⁸ and R^(8′) can be taken together with the carbonthat they are bonded to form a 3-membered carbocyclic ring; R¹⁶ isabsent or is selected from halogen, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, C₁-C₆alkyl,C₂-C₆alkenyl, C₂-C₆alkanoyl, C₁-C₆alkoxy, —C₀-C₄alkyl(mono- anddi-C₁-C₆alkylamino), —C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl), C₁-C₂haloalkyl, andC₁-C₂haloalkoxy; R¹⁹ is hydrogen, C₁-C₆alkyl, C₂-C₆alkenyl,C₂-C₆alkanoyl, —SO₂C₁-C₆alkyl, (mono- and di-C₁-C₆alkylamino)C₁-C₄alkyl,—C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl), —C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇heterocycloalkyl),—C₀-C₄alkyl(aryl), or C₀-C₄alkyl(heteroaryl), and wherein R¹⁹ other thanhydrogen is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituentsindependently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, amino, —COOH, and—C(O)OC₁-C₄alkyl; X¹¹ is N or CR¹¹; X¹² is N or CR¹²; X¹³ is N or CR¹³;X¹⁴ is N or CR¹⁴, and wherein no more than two of X¹¹, X¹², X¹³, and X¹⁴are N; one of R¹² and R¹³ is chosen from R³¹ and the other of R¹² andR¹³ is chosen from R³²: R³¹ is chosen from hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl,nitro, cyano, amino, —COOH, C₁-C₂haloalkyl, C₁-C₂haloalkoxy, C₁-C₆alkyl,—C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl), C₂-C₆alkenyl, C₂-C₆alkanoyl, C₁-C₆alkoxy,C₂-C₆alkenyloxy, —C(O)OR⁹, C₁-C₆thioalkyl, —C₀-C₄alkylNR⁹R¹⁰,—C(O)NR⁹R¹⁰, —SO₂R⁹, —SO₂NR⁹R¹⁰, —OC(O)R⁹, and —C(NR⁹)NR⁹R¹⁰, each ofwhich R³¹ other than hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano,C₁-C₂haloalkyl, and C₁-C₂haloalkoxy is unsubstituted or substituted withone or more substituents independently selected from halogen, hydroxyl,nitro, cyano, amino, —COOH, —CONH₂ C₁-C₂haloalkyl, and C₁-C₂haloalkoxy,and each of which R³¹ is also optionally substituted with onesubstituent chosen from phenyl and 4- to 7-membered heterocyclecontaining 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S;which phenyl or 4- to 7-membered heterocycle is unsubstituted orsubstituted with one or more substituents independently chosen fromhalogen, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, C₁-C₆alkyl, C₂-C₆alkenyl,C₂-C₆alkanoyl, C₁-C₆alkoxy, (mono- and di-C₁-C₆alkylamino)C₀-C₄alkyl,C₁-C₆alkylester, —C₀-C₄alkyl)(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl), C₁-C₂haloalkyl, andC₁-C₂haloalkoxy; R³² is —P(O)R²⁰R²⁰. R²⁰ is independently chosen at eachoccurrence from hydroxyl, C₁-C₆alkoxy, C₁-C₆haloalkoxy, C₁-C₆alkyl,(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl)C₀-C₄alkyl-, (aryl)C₀-C₄alkyl-, —O—C₀-C₄alkyl(aryl),—O—C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl), (4- to 7-memberedheterocycloalkyl)C₀-C₄alkyl-O— having 1, 2, or 3 heteroatomsindependently chosen from N, O, and S; (5- or 6-membered unsaturated oraromatic heterocycle)C₀-C₄alkyl-O— having 1, 2, or 3 heteroatomsindependently chosen from N, O, and S; —O(CH₂)₂₋₄O(CH₂)₈₋₁₈,—OC(R^(20a))₂OC(O)OR^(20b), —OC(R^(20a))₂OC(O)R^(20b), —NR⁹R¹⁰, anN-linked amino acid or an N-linked amino acid ester and each R²⁰ can beoptionally substituted with a substituent selected from halogen, cyano,hydroxyl, alkanoyl, carboxamide, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl,alkoxy, aryloxy, alkylthio, alkylsulfinyl, alkylsulfonyl, aminoalkyl,arylalkyl or arylalkoxy; R^(20a) is independently chosen at eachoccurrence from hydrogen, C₁-C₈alkyl, C₂-C₈alkenyl, C₂-C₈alkynyl,(aryl)C₀-C₄alkyl-, (aryl)C₂-C₈alkenyl- or (aryl)C₂-C₈alkynyl-; or twoR^(20a) groups can be taken together with the carbon that they arebonded to form a 3-6 membered heterocycloalkyl having 1, 2, or 3heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S, or a 3-6 memberedcarbocyclic ring. R^(20b) is independently chosen at each occurrencefrom C₁-C₈alkyl, C₂-C₈alkenyl, C₂-C₈alkynyl, (aryl)C₀-C₄alkyl,(aryl)C₂-C₈alkenyl or (aryl)C₂-C₈alkynyl. R¹¹, R¹⁴, and R¹⁵ areindependently chosen from hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano,—O(PO)(OR⁹)₂, —(PO)(OR⁹)₂, C₁-C₆alkyl, C₂-C₆alkenyl, C₂-C₆alkynyl,C₂-C₆alkanoyl, C₁-C₆alkoxy, C₁-C₆thioalkyl, —C₀-C₄alkyl(mono- anddi-C₁-C₆alkylamino), —C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl),—C₀-C₄alkoxy(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl), C₁-C₂haloalkyl, and C₁-C₂haloalkoxy; R²¹and R²² are independently chosen from hydrogen, hydroxyl, cyano, amino,C₁-C₆alkyl, C₁-C₆haloalkyl, C₁-C₆alkoxy, (C₃-C₇cycloalkyl)C₀-C₄alkyl,(phenyl)C₀-C₄alkyl, —C₁-C₄alkylOC(O)OC₁-C₆alkyl,—C₁-C₄alkylOC(O)C₁-C₆alkyl, —C₁-C₄alkylC(O)OC₁-C₆alkyl, (4- to7-membered heterocycloalkyl)C₀-C₄alkyl having 1, 2, or 3 heteroatomsindependently chosen from N, O, and S, and (5- or 6-membered unsaturatedor aromatic heterocycle)C₀-C₄alkyl having 1, 2, or 3 heteroatomsindependently chosen from N, O, and S; R²³ is independently chosen fromC₁-C₆alkyl, C₁-C₆haloalkyl, (aryl)C₀-C₄alkyl,(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl)C₀-C₄alkyl, (phenyl)C₀-C₄alkyl, (4- to 7-memberedheterocycloalkyl)C₀-C₄alkyl having 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms independentlychosen from N, O, and S, and (5- or 6-membered unsaturated or aromaticheterocycle)C₀-C₄alkyl having 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms independentlychosen from N, O, and S; R²⁴ and R²⁵ are taken together with thenitrogen to which they are attached to form a 4- to 7-memberedmonocyclic heterocycloalkyl group, or a 6- to 10-membered bicyclicheterocyclic group having fused, spiro, or bridged rings; L is a bond oris chosen from the formulas

R¹⁷ is hydrogen, C₁-C₆alkyl, or —C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl); R¹⁸ andR^(18′) are independently chosen from hydrogen, halogen, hydroxymethyl,and methyl; and m is 0, 1, 2, or 3; B is a monocyclic or bicycliccarbocyclic; a monocyclic or bicyclic carbocyclic-oxy group; amonocyclic, bicyclic, or tricyclic heterocyclic group having 1, 2, 3, or4 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O, and S and from 4 to 7ring atoms per ring; C₂-C₆alkenyl; C₂-C₆alkynyl; —(C₀-C₄alkyl)(aryl);—(C₀-C₄alkyl)(heteroaryl); or —(C₀-C₄alkyl)(biphenyl) each of which B isunsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituents independentlychosen from R³³ and R³⁴, and 0 or 1 substituents chosen from R³⁵ andR³⁶; R³³ is independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, —COOH, cyano,C₁-C₆alkyl, C₂-C₆alkanoyl, C₁-C₆alkoxy, —C₀-C₄alkylNR⁹R¹⁰, —SO₂R⁹,C₁-C₂haloalkyl, and C₁-C₂haloalkoxy; R³⁴ is independently chosen fromnitro, C₂-C₆alkenyl, C₂-C₆alkynyl, C₁-C₆thioalkyl, -JC₃-C₇cycloalkyl,—B(OH)₂, -JC(O)NR⁹R²³, -JOSO₂OR²¹, —C(O)(CH₂)₁₋₄S(O)R²¹,—O(CH₂)₁₋₄S(O)NR²¹R²², -JOP(O)(OR²¹)(OR²²), -JP(O)(OR²¹)(OR²²),-JOP(O)(OR²¹⁾R²², -JP(O)(OR²¹)R²², -JOP(O)R²¹R²², -JP(O)R²¹R²²,-JSP(O)(OR²¹)(OR²²), -JSP(O)(OR²¹)(R²²), -JSP(O)(R²¹)(R²²),-JNR⁹P(O)(NHR²¹)(NHR²²), -JNR⁹P(O)(OR²¹)(NHR²²) -JNR⁹P(O)(OR²¹)(OR²²),-JC(S)R²¹, -JNR²¹SO₂R²², -JNR⁹S(O)NR¹⁰R²², -JNR⁹SO₂NR¹⁰R²²,-JSO₂NR⁹COR²², -JSO₂NR⁹CONR²¹R²², -JNR²¹SO₂R²², -JC(O)NR²¹SO₂R²²,-JC(NH₂)NR²², -JC(NH₂)NR⁹S(O)₂R²², -JOC(O)NR²¹R²², -JNR²¹C(O)OR²²,-JNR²¹OC(O)R²², —(CH₂)₁₋₄C(O)NR²¹R²², -JC(O)R²⁴R²⁵, -JNR⁹C(O)R²¹,-JC(O)R²¹, -JNR⁹C(O)NR¹⁰R²², —CCR²¹, —(CH₂)₁₋₄OC(O)R²¹, and -JC(O)OR²³;each of which R³⁴ may be unsubstituted or substituted with one or moresubstituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano,amino, oxo, —B(OH)₂, —Si(CH₃)₃, —COOH, —CONH₂, —P(O)(OH)₂, C₁-C₆alkyl,—C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl), C₁-C₆alkoxy, —C₀-C₂alkyl(mono- anddi-C₁-C₄alkylamino), C₁-C₆alkylester, C₁-C₄alkylamino,C₁-C₄hydroxylalkyl, C₁-C₂haloalkyl, and C₁-C₂haloalkoxy; R³⁵ isindependently chosen from naphthyl, naphthyloxy, indanyl, (4- to7-membered heterocycloalkyl)C₀-C₄alkyl containing 1 or 2 heteroatomschosen from N, O, and S, and bicyclic heterocycle containing 1, 2, or 3heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S, and containing 4- to7-ring atoms in each ring; each of which R³⁵ is unsubstituted orsubstituted with one or more substituents independently chosen fromhalogen, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, C₁-C₆alkyl, C₂-C₆alkenyl,C₂-C₆alkanoyl, C₁-C₆alkoxy, (mono- and di-C₁-C₆alkylamino)C₀-C₄alkyl,C₁-C₆alkylester, —C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl), —SO₂R⁹, C₁-C₂haloalkyl,and C₁-C₂haloalkoxy; R³⁶ is independently chosen from tetrazolyl,(phenyl)C₀-C₂alkyl, (phenyl)C₁-C₂alkoxy, phenoxy, and 5- or 6-memberedheteroaryl containing 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms independently chosen fromN, O, B, and S, each of which R³⁶ is unsubstituted or substituted withone or more substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl,nitro, cyano, C₁-C₆alkyl, C₂-C₆alkenyl, C₂-C₆alkanoyl, C₁-C₆alkoxy,(mono- and di-C₁-C₆alkylamino)C₀-C₄alkyl, C₁-C₆alkylester,—C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl), —SO₂R⁹, —OSi(CH₃)₂C(CH₃)₃,—Si(CH₃)₂C(CH₃)₃, C₁-C₂haloalkyl, and C₁-C₂haloalkoxy; and J isindependently selected from a covalent bond, C₁-C₄alkylene,—OC₁-C₄alkylene, C₂-C₄alkenylene, and C₂-C₄alkynylene.
 2. The compoundof claim 1, wherein the

ring is selected from:


3. The compound of claim 1, wherein the

ring is selected from:


4. The compound of claim 1, wherein the

ring is selected from:


5. The compound of claim 1, wherein: a) R¹ and R^(1′), or R² and R^(2′),or R³ and R^(3′) are linked to form a 3- to 6-membered carbocyclic spiroring; or b) R¹ and R^(1′), R² and R^(2′) or R³ and R^(3′) are linked toform a 3- to 6-membered heterocyclic spiro ring; or c) R¹ and R² arelinked to form a 3- to 6-membered carbocyclic or aryl ring; or d) R² andR³ are linked to form a 3- to 6-membered carbocyclic ring.
 6. Thecompound of claim 1, wherein the A is a group selected from:


7. The compound of claim 1, wherein the A is a group selected from:


8. The compound of claim 1, wherein the R³² moiety has at least onesubstituent.
 9. The compound of claim 1, wherein R³² is —P(O)R²⁰R²⁰. 10.The compound of claim 9, wherein R²⁰ is independently chosen at eachoccurrence from hydroxyl, C₁-C₆alkoxy, C₁-C₆haloalkoxy, C₁-C₆alkyl,(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl)C₀-C₄alkyl-, (aryl)C₀-C₄alkyl-, —O—C₀-C₄alkyl(aryl), or—O—C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl) and can be optionally substituted. 11.The compound of claim 10, wherein the optional substituent is selectedfrom halogen, cyano, hydroxyl, alkanoyl, carboxamide, alkyl, cycloalkyl,alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, aryloxy, alkylthio, alkylsulfinyl,alkylsulfonyl, aminoalkyl, arylalkyl or arylalkoxy.
 12. A compound ofFormula I

or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt wherein:

is as defined in claim 1; A is as defined in claim 1; and -L-B— isselected from:

R¹⁸ and R^(18′) are independently chosen from hydrogen, halogen,hydroxymethyl, and methyl; m is 0 or 1; R²⁶, R²⁷, and R²⁸ areindependently chosen from hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano,C₁-C₆alkyl, C₂-C₆alkenyl, C₂-C₆alkanoyl, C₁-C₆alkoxy, C₁-C₆thioalkyl,(mono- and di-C₁-C₆alkylamino)C₀-C₄alkyl, (C₃-C₇cycloalkyl)C₀-C₄alkyl,(aryl)C₀-C₄alkyl-, (heteroaryl)C₀-C₄alkyl-, and—C₀-C₄alkoxy(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl); each of which R²⁶, R²⁷, and R²⁸ otherthan hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, nitro, and cyano, is unsubstituted orsubstituted with one or more substituents independently chosen fromhalogen, hydroxyl, amino, C₁-C₂alkoxy, C₁-C₂haloalkyl,(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl)C₀-C₄alkyl-, and C₁-C₂haloalkoxy; and R²⁹ is hydrogen,C₁-C₂alkyl, C₁C₂haloalkyl or —Si(CH₃)₂C(CH₃)₃.
 13. The compound of claim1, wherein B is selected from a monocyclic carbocyclic or bicycliccarbocyclic moiety which is unsubstituted or substituted with one ormore substituents independently chosen from R³³ and R³⁴, and 0 or 1substituents chosen from R³⁵ and R³⁶.
 14. The compound of claim 13wherein the monocyclic carbocyclic moiety is selected from cyclohexenyl,cyclohexyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclopentyl, cyclobutenyl, cyclobutyl orcyclopropyl optionally substituted with halogen, cyano, hydroxyl,C₁-C₆alkyl, C₂-C₆alkanoyl, C₁-C₆alkoxy or phenyl.
 15. The compound ofclaim 1, wherein B is selected from a monocyclic, bicyclic, or tricyclicheterocyclic group having 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms independentlyselected from N, O, and S and from 4 to 7 ring atoms per ring; wherein Bis unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituentsindependently chosen from R³³ and R³⁴, and 0 or 1 substituents chosenfrom R³⁵ and R³⁶.
 16. The compound of claim 15, wherein the monocyclic,bicyclic, or tricyclic heterocyclic group having 1, 2, 3, or 4heteroatoms independently selected from N, O, and S and from 4 to 7 ringatoms per ring is selected from pyrrolidinyl, dihydrofuranyl,tetrahydrothienyl, tetrahydropyranyl, dihydropyranyl,tetrahydrothiopyranyl, piperidino, piperidonyl, morpholino,thiomorpholino, thioxanyl or piperazinyl optionally substituted withhalogen, cyano, hydroxyl, C₁-C₆alkyl, C₂-C₆alkanoyl, C₁-C₆alkoxy orphenyl.
 17. The compound of claim 1, wherein B is selected from—(C₀-C₄alkyl)(aryl); —(C₀-C₄alkyl)(heteroaryl); or—(C₀-C₄alkyl)(biphenyl) wherein B is unsubstituted or substituted withone or more substituents independently chosen from R³³ and R³⁴, and 0 or1 substituents chosen from R³⁵ and R³⁶.
 18. The compound of claim 17,wherein the —(C₀-C₄alkyl)(aryl) group is phenyl or benzyl optionallysubstituted with halogen, hydroxyl, —COOH, cyano, C₁-C₆alkyl,C₂-C₆alkanoyl, C₁-C₆alkoxy, —C₀-C₄alkylNR⁹R¹⁰, —SO₂R⁹, C₁-C₂haloalkyl,and C₁-C₂haloalkoxy, C₂-C₆alkenyl, C₂-C₆alkynyl, C₁-C₆thioalkyl, or-JC₃-C₇cycloalkyl.
 19. The compound of claim 17, wherein the—(C₀-C₄alkyl)(heteroaryl) group is imidazolyl, imidazopyridinyl,pyrimidinyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, pyrazinyl, tetrazolyl, furyl,thienyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, oxazolyl, isothiazolyl orpyrrolyl optionally substituted with halogen, hydroxyl, —COOH, cyano,C₁-C₆alkyl, C₂-C₆alkanoyl, C₁-C₆alkoxy, —C₀-C₄alkylNR⁹R¹⁰, —SO₂R⁹,C₁-C₂haloalkyl, and C₁-C₂haloalkoxy, C₂-C₆alkenyl, C₂-C₆alkynyl,C₁-C₆thioalkyl, or -JC₃-C₇cycloalkyl.
 20. The compound of claim 17,wherein the —(C₀-C₄alkyl)(biphenyl) group is biphenyl optionallysubstituted with halogen, hydroxyl, —COOH, cyano, C₁-C₆alkyl,C₂-C₆alkanoyl, C₁-C₆alkoxy, —C₀-C₄alkylNR⁹R¹⁰, —SO₂R⁹, C₁-C₂haloalkyl,and C₁-C₂haloalkoxy, C₂-C₆alkenyl, C₂-C₆alkynyl, C₁-C₆thioalkyl, or-JC₃-C₇cycloalkyl.
 21. The compound of claim 1, wherein B is selectedfrom:


22. The compound of claim 1, wherein B is selected from:


23. The compound of claim 1, wherein B is selected from:


24. The compound of claim 1, wherein B is selected from:


25. The compound of claim 1, wherein B is selected from:


26. The compound of claim 1, wherein B is selected from:


27. The compound of claim 1, wherein B is selected from:


28. The compound of claim 1, wherein R³² is selected from:


29. The compound of claim 1, wherein R³² is selected from:


30. The compound of claim 1, wherein R³² is selected from:


31. The compound of claim 1, wherein R³² is selected from:


32. The compound of claim 1, wherein R³² is selected from:

wherein R¹⁰⁰ is aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynylor cycloalkyl.
 33. The compound of claim 1, wherein R³² is selectedfrom:


34. The compound of claim 1, wherein the compound is selected from:


35. The compound of claim 35, wherein the compound is selected from:


36. A method for the treatment of a disorder mediated by the complementpathway, comprising administering an effective amount to a host in needthereof of a compound of Formula I

or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt wherein: Q¹ is N(R¹) orC(R¹R^(1′)); Q² is C(R²R^(2′)), C(R²R^(2′))—C(R²R^(2′)), S, O, N(R²) orC(R²R^(2′))O; Q³ is N(R³), S, or C(R³R^(3′)); X¹ and X² areindependently N, CH, or CZ, or X¹ and X² together are C═C; Z is F, Cl,NH₂, CH₃, CH₂D, CHD₂, or CD₃; or

 is selected from

q is 0, 1, 2 or 3; r is 1, 2 or 3; R¹, R^(1′), R², R^(2′), R³, andR^(3′) are independently chosen from hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, nitro,cyano, amino, C₁-C₆alkyl, C₂-C₆alkenyl, C₂-C₆alkynyl, C₁-C₆alkoxy,C₂-C₆alkynyl, C₂-C₆alkanoyl, C₁-C₆thioalkyl, hydroxyC₁-C₆alkyl,aminoC₁-C₆alkyl, —C₀-C₄alkylNR⁹R¹⁰, —C(O)OR⁹, —OC(O)R⁹, —NR⁹C(O)R¹⁰,—C(O)NR⁹R¹⁰, —OC(O)NR⁹R¹⁰, —NR⁹C(O)OR¹⁰, C₁-C₂haloalkyl, andC₁-C₂haloalkoxy; R⁹ and R¹⁰ are independently chosen from hydrogen,C₁-C₆alkyl, (C₃-C₇cycloalkyl)C₀-C₄alkyl, —C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl),and —O—C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl); or R¹ and R² are linked to form a 3-to 6-membered carbocyclic or aryl ring; or R² and R³ are linked to forma 3- to 6-membered carbocyclic ring; or R¹ and R^(1′), or R² and R^(2′),or R³ and R^(3′) are linked to form a 3- to 6-membered carbocyclic spiroring; or R¹ and R^(1′), R² and R^(2′) or R³ and R^(3′) are linked toform a 3- to 6-membered heterocyclic spiro ring; each of which ring isunsubstituted or substituted with 1 or more substituents independentlychosen from halogen, hydroxyl, cyano, —COOH, C₁-C₄alkyl, C₂-C₄alkenyl,C₂-C₄alkynyl, C₁-C₄alkoxy, C₂-C₄alkanoyl, hydroxyC₁-C₄alkyl, (mono- anddi-C₁-C₄alkylamino)C₀-C₄alkyl, —C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl),—O—C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl), C₁-C₂haloalkyl, and C₁-C₂haloalkoxy; orR¹ and R^(1′) or R² and R^(2′) are linked to form a carbonyl group; orR¹ and R² or R² and R³ can be taken together to form a carbon-carbondouble bond; R and R′ are independently selected from H, alkyl,cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycle, heterocycloalkyl, aryl,arylalkyl, heteroaryl, and heteroarylalkyl; A is a group selected from:

R⁴ is chosen from —CHO, —CONH₂, C₂-C₆alkanoyl, hydrogen, —SO₂NH₂,—C(CH₂)₂F, —CH(CF₃)NH₂, C₁-C₆alkyl, —C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl),—C(O)C₀-C₂alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl),

each of which R⁴ other than hydrogen, —CHO, and —CONH₂, is unsubstitutedor substituted with one or more of amino, imino, halogen, hydroxyl,cyano, cyanoimino, C₁-C₂alkyl, C₁-C₂alkoxy, —C₀-C₂alkyl(mono- anddi-C₁-C₄alkylamino), C₁-C₂haloalkyl, and C₁-C₂haloalkoxy; R⁵ and R⁶ areindependently selected from —CHO, —C(O)NH₂, —C(O)NH(CH₃), C₂-C₆alkanoyl,hydrogen, hydroxyl, halogen, cyano, nitro, —COOH, —SO₂NH₂, vinyl,C₁-C₆alkyl (including methyl), C₂-C₆alkenyl, C₁-C₆alkoxy,—C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl), —C(O)C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl),—P(O)(OR⁹)₂, —OC(O)R⁹, —C(O)OR⁹, —C(O)N(CH₂CH₂R⁹)(R¹⁰), —NR⁹C(O)R¹⁰,phenyl, and 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl; R^(6′) is hydrogen, halogen,hydroxyl, C₁-C₄alkyl, —C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl), or C₁-C₄alkoxy; orR⁶ and R^(6′) may be taken together to form an oxo, vinyl, or iminogroup; R⁷ is hydrogen, C₁-C₆alkyl, or —C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl); R⁸and R^(8′) are independently chosen from hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl,C₁-C₆alkyl, —C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl), C₁-C₆alkoxy, and(C₁-C₄alkylamino)C₀-C₂alkyl; or R⁸ and R^(8′) are taken together to forman oxo group; or R⁸ and R^(8′) can be taken together with the carbonthat they are bonded to form a 3-membered carbocyclic ring; R¹⁶ isabsent or is selected from halogen, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, C₁-C₆alkyl,C₂-C₆alkenyl, C₂-C₆alkanoyl, C₁-C₆alkoxy, —C₀-C₄alkyl(mono- anddi-C₁-C₆alkylamino), —C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl), C₁-C₂haloalkyl, andC₁-C₂haloalkoxy; R¹⁹ is hydrogen, C₁-C₆alkyl, C₂-C₆alkenyl,C₂-C₆alkanoyl, —SO₂C₁-C₆alkyl, (mono- and di-C₁-C₆alkylamino)C₁-C₄alkyl,—C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl), —C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇heterocycloalkyl),—C₀-C₄alkyl(aryl), or C₀-C₄alkyl(heteroaryl), and wherein R¹⁹ other thanhydrogen is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituentsindependently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, amino, —COOH, and—C(O)OC₁-C₄alkyl; X¹¹ is N or CR¹¹; X¹² is N or CR¹²; X¹³ is N or CR¹³;X¹⁴ is N or CR¹⁴, and wherein no more than two of X¹¹, X¹², X¹³, and X¹⁴are N; one of R¹² and R¹³ is chosen from R³¹ and the other of R¹² andR¹³ is chosen from R³²: R³¹ is chosen from hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl,nitro, cyano, amino, —COOH, C₁-C₂haloalkyl, C₁-C₂haloalkoxy, C₁-C₆alkyl,—C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl), C₂-C₆alkenyl, C₂-C₆alkanoyl, C₁-C₆alkoxy,C₂-C₆alkenyloxy, —C(O)OR⁹, C₁-C₆thioalkyl, —C₀-C₄alkylNR⁹R¹⁰,—C(O)NR⁹R¹⁰, —SO₂R⁹, —SO₂NR⁹R¹⁰, —OC(O)R⁹, and —C(NR⁹)NR⁹R¹⁰, each ofwhich R³¹ other than hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano,C₁-C₂haloalkyl, and C₁-C₂haloalkoxy is unsubstituted or substituted withone or more substituents independently selected from halogen, hydroxyl,nitro, cyano, amino, —COOH, —CONH₂ C₁-C₂haloalkyl, and C₁-C₂haloalkoxy,and each of which R³¹ is also optionally substituted with onesubstituent chosen from phenyl and 4- to 7-membered heterocyclecontaining 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S;which phenyl or 4- to 7-membered heterocycle is unsubstituted orsubstituted with one or more substituents independently chosen fromhalogen, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, C₁-C₆alkyl, C₂-C₆alkenyl,C₂-C₆alkanoyl, C₁-C₆alkoxy, (mono- and di-C₁-C₆alkylamino)C₀-C₄alkyl,C₁-C₆alkylester, —C₀-C₄alkyl)(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl), C₁-C₂haloalkyl, andC₁-C₂haloalkoxy; R³² is —P(O)R²⁰R²⁰. R²⁰ is independently chosen at eachoccurrence from hydroxyl, C₁-C₆alkoxy, C₁-C₆haloalkoxy, C₁-C₆alkyl,(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl)C₀-C₄alkyl-, (aryl)C₀-C₄alkyl-, —O—C₀-C₄alkyl(aryl),—O—C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl), (4- to 7-memberedheterocycloalkyl)C₀-C₄alkyl-O— having 1, 2, or 3 heteroatomsindependently chosen from N, O, and S; (5- or 6-membered unsaturated oraromatic heterocycle)C₀-C₄alkyl-O— having 1, 2, or 3 heteroatomsindependently chosen from N, O, and S; —O(CH₂)₂₋₄O(CH₂)₈₋₁₈,—OC(R^(20a))₂OC(O)OR^(20b), —OC(R^(20a))₂OC(O)R^(20b), —NR⁹R¹⁰, anN-linked amino acid or an N-linked amino acid ester and each R²⁰ can beoptionally substituted with a substituent selected from halogen, cyano,hydroxyl, alkanoyl, carboxamide, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl,alkoxy, aryloxy, alkylthio, alkylsulfinyl, alkylsulfonyl, aminoalkyl,arylalkyl or arylalkoxy; R^(20a) is independently chosen at eachoccurrence from hydrogen, C₁-C₈alkyl, C₂-C₈alkenyl, C₂-C₈alkynyl,(aryl)C₀-C₄alkyl-, (aryl)C₂-C₈alkenyl- or (aryl)C₂-C₈alkynyl-; or twoR^(20a) groups can be taken together with the carbon that they arebonded to form a 3-6 membered heterocycloalkyl having 1, 2, or 3heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S, or a 3-6 memberedcarbocyclic ring. R^(20b) is independently chosen at each occurrencefrom C₁-C₈alkyl, C₂-C₈alkenyl, C₂-C₈alkynyl, (aryl)C₀-C₄alkyl,(aryl)C₂-C₈alkenyl or (aryl)C₂-C₈alkynyl. R¹¹, R¹⁴, and R¹⁵ areindependently chosen from hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano,—O(PO)(OR⁹)₂, —(PO)(OR⁹)₂, C₁-C₆alkyl, C₂-C₆alkenyl, C₂-C₆alkynyl,C₂-C₆alkanoyl, C₁-C₆alkoxy, C₁-C₆thioalkyl, —C₀-C₄alkyl(mono- anddi-C₁-C₆alkylamino), —C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl),—C₀-C₄alkoxy(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl), C₁-C₂haloalkyl, and C₁-C₂haloalkoxy; R²¹and R²² are independently chosen from hydrogen, hydroxyl, cyano, amino,C₁-C₆alkyl, C₁-C₆haloalkyl, C₁-C₆alkoxy, (C₃-C₇cycloalkyl)C₀-C₄alkyl,(phenyl)C₀-C₄alkyl, —C₁-C₄alkylOC(O)OC₁-C₆alkyl,—C₁-C₄alkylOC(O)C₁-C₆alkyl, —C₁-C₄alkylC(O)OC₁-C₆alkyl, (4- to7-membered heterocycloalkyl)C₀-C₄alkyl having 1, 2, or 3 heteroatomsindependently chosen from N, O, and S, and (5- or 6-membered unsaturatedor aromatic heterocycle)C₀-C₄alkyl having 1, 2, or 3 heteroatomsindependently chosen from N, O, and S; R²³ is independently chosen fromC₁-C₆alkyl, C₁-C₆haloalkyl, (aryl)C₀-C₄alkyl,(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl)C₀-C₄alkyl, (phenyl)C₀-C₄alkyl, (4- to 7-memberedheterocycloalkyl)C₀-C₄alkyl having 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms independentlychosen from N, O, and S, and (5- or 6-membered unsaturated or aromaticheterocycle)C₀-C₄alkyl having 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms independentlychosen from N, O, and S; R²⁴ and R²⁵ are taken together with thenitrogen to which they are attached to form a 4- to 7-memberedmonocyclic heterocycloalkyl group, or a 6- to 10-membered bicyclicheterocyclic group having fused, spiro, or bridged rings; L is a bond oris chosen from the formulas

R¹⁷ is hydrogen, C₁-C_(6a)lkyl, or —C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl); R¹⁸ andR^(18′) are independently chosen from hydrogen, halogen, hydroxymethyl,and methyl; and m is 0, 1, 2, or 3; B is a monocyclic or bicycliccarbocyclic; a monocyclic or bicyclic carbocyclic-oxy group; amonocyclic, bicyclic, or tricyclic heterocyclic group having 1, 2, 3, or4 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O, and S and from 4 to 7ring atoms per ring; C₂-C₆alkenyl; C₂-C₆alkynyl; —(C₀-C₄alkyl)(aryl);—(C₀-C₄alkyl)(heteroaryl); or —(C₀-C₄alkyl)(biphenyl) each of which B isunsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituents independentlychosen from R³³ and R³⁴, and 0 or 1 substituents chosen from R³⁵ andR³⁶; R³³ is independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, —COOH, cyano,C₁-C₆alkyl, C₂-C₆alkanoyl, C₁-C₆alkoxy, —C₀-C₄alkylNR⁹R¹⁰, —SO₂R⁹,C₁-C₂haloalkyl, and C₁-C₂haloalkoxy; R³⁴ is independently chosen fromnitro, C₂-C₆alkenyl, C₂-C₆alkynyl, C₁-C₆thioalkyl, -JC₃-C₇cycloalkyl,—B(OH)₂, -JC(O)NR⁹R²³, -JOSO₂OR²¹, —C(O)(CH₂)₁₋₄S(O)R²¹,—O(CH₂)₁₋₄S(O)NR²¹R²², -JOP(O)(OR²¹)(OR²²), -JP(O)(OR²¹)(OR²²),-JOP(O)(OR²¹⁾R²², -JP(O)(OR²¹)R²², -JOP(O)R²¹R²², -JP(O)R²¹R²²,-JSP(O)(OR²¹)(OR²²), -JSP(O)(OR²¹)(R²²), -JSP(O)(R²¹)(R²²),-JNR⁹P(O)(NHR²¹)(NHR²²) -JNR⁹P(O)(OR²¹)(NHR²²), -JNR⁹P(O)(OR²¹)(OR²²),-JC(S)R²¹, -JNR²¹SO₂R²², -JNR⁹S(O)NR¹⁰R²², -JNR⁹SO₂NR¹⁰R²²,-JSO₂NR⁹COR²², -JSO₂NR⁹CONR²¹R²², -JNR²¹SO₂R²², -JC(O)NR²¹SO₂R²²,-JC(NH₂)NR²², -JC(NH₂)NR⁹S(O)₂R²², -JOC(O)NR²¹R²², -JNR²¹C(O)OR²²,-JNR²¹OC(O)R²², —(CH₂)₁₋₄C(O)NR²¹R²², -JC(O)R²⁴R²⁵, -JNR⁹C(O)R²¹,-JC(O)R²¹, -JNR⁹C(O)NR¹R²², —CCR²¹, —(CH₂)₁₋₄OC(O)R²¹, and -JC(O)OR²³;each of which R³⁴ may be unsubstituted or substituted with one or moresubstituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano,amino, oxo, —B(OH)₂, —Si(CH₃)₃, —COOH, —CONH₂, —P(O)(OH)₂, C₁-C₆alkyl,—C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl), C₁-C₆alkoxy, —C₀-C₂alkyl(mono- anddi-C₁-C₄alkylamino), C₁-C₆alkylester, C₁-C₄alkylamino,C₁-C₄hydroxylalkyl, C₁-C₂haloalkyl, and C₁-C₂haloalkoxy; R³⁵ isindependently chosen from naphthyl, naphthyloxy, indanyl, (4- to7-membered heterocycloalkyl)C₀-C₄alkyl containing 1 or 2 heteroatomschosen from N, O, and S, and bicyclic heterocycle containing 1, 2, or 3heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S, and containing 4- to7-ring atoms in each ring; each of which R³⁵ is unsubstituted orsubstituted with one or more substituents independently chosen fromhalogen, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, C₁-C₆alkyl, C₂-C₆alkenyl,C₂-C₆alkanoyl, C₁-C₆alkoxy, (mono- and di-C₁-C₆alkylamino)C₀-C₄alkyl,C₁-C₆alkylester, —C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl), —SO₂R⁹, C₁-C₂haloalkyl,and C₁-C₂haloalkoxy; R³⁶ is independently chosen from tetrazolyl,(phenyl)C₀-C₂alkyl, (phenyl)C₁-C₂alkoxy, phenoxy, and 5- or 6-memberedheteroaryl containing 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms independently chosen fromN, O, B, and S, each of which R³⁶ is unsubstituted or substituted withone or more substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl,nitro, cyano, C₁-C₆alkyl, C₂-C₆alkenyl, C₂-C₆alkanoyl, C₁-C₆alkoxy,(mono- and di-C₁-C₆alkylamino)C₀-C₄alkyl, C₁-C₆alkylester,—C₀-C₄alkyl(C₃-C₇cycloalkyl), —SO₂R⁹, —OSi(CH₃)₂C(CH₃)₃,—Si(CH₃)₂C(CH₃)₃, C₁-C₂haloalkyl, and C₁-C₂haloalkoxy; and J isindependently selected from a covalent bond, C₁-C₄alkylene,—OC₁-C₄alkylene, C₂-C₄alkenylene, and C₂-C₄alkynylene.
 37. The method ofclaim 36, wherein the disorder is age-related macular degeneration(AMD).
 38. The method of claim 36, wherein the disorder is retinaldegeneration, ophthalmic disease, multiple sclerosis, arthritis, orCOPD.
 39. The method of claim 36, wherein the disorder is an ophthalmicdisease.
 40. The method of claim 36, wherein the disorder is paroxysymalnocturnal hemoglobinuria (PNH).
 41. The method of claim 36, wherein thedisorder is a respiratory disease.
 42. The method of claim 36, whereinthe disorder is a cardiovascular disease.
 43. The method of claim 36,wherein the disorder is atypical or typical hemolytic uremic syndrome.44. The method of claim 36, wherein the disorder is rheumatoidarthritis.
 45. The method of claim 36, wherein the disorder is C3glomerulonephritis.
 46. The method of claim 36, wherein the host is ahuman.